Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

upon the same man

  • 1 eōdem

        eōdem adv. of place    [old dat. and locat. of idem].    I. Locat. use; with loci, in the same place: res eodem est loci quo reliquisti.—    II. Dat. uses, to the same place, to the same point, thither: clientes suos eodem conduxit, Cs.: eodem piratas condi imperarat: eodemque honores poenasque congeri, i. e. upon the same man, L. — To the same thing, to the same point, thereto, besides: quid, si accedit eodem ut, etc.: eodem incumbunt municipia, are zealous in the same cause: eodem pertinere, Cs.
    * * *
    I
    same, the same, the very same; also; (idem, eadem, idem)
    II
    to the same place/purpose

    Latin-English dictionary > eōdem

  • 2 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 3 FALLA

    * * *
    (fell; féll, féllum; fallinn), v.
    eigi fellr tré við fyrsta högg, a tree falls not with the first stroke;
    falla af baki, to fall from horse back;
    falla á kné, to fall on one’s knees;
    falla áfram (á bak aptr), to fall forwards (backwards);
    falla flatr, to fall prostrate;
    falla til jarðar, to fall to the ground;
    refl., láta fallast (= sik falla), to let oneself fall (þá lét Loki falla í kné Skaða);
    2) to drop down dead, be killed, fall (in battle);
    3) to die of plague (féllu fátœkir menn um alit land);
    4) to flow, run (of water, stream, tide);
    særinn fell út frá landi, ebbed;
    féll sjór fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave-mouth;
    síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose;
    þeir sá þá ós mikinn falla í sjóinn, fall into the sea;
    á fél (a river flowed) við skála Ásólfs;
    var skipit svá hlaðit, at inn féll um söxin, that the sea rushed in at the prow;
    5) of clothes, hair, to fall, hang down;
    hárit féll á herðar honum aptr, the hair fell back on his shoulders;
    létu kvennváðir um kné falla, they let women’s dress fall about hi s knees;
    6) to fall, calm down (of the wind);
    féll veðrit (the storm fell) ok gerði logn;
    7) to fail, be foiled;
    sá eiðr fellr honum til útlegðar, if he fails in taking the oath, he shall be liable to outlawry;
    falla á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain;
    falla or fallast at máli, sókn, to fail in one’s suit;
    falla frá máli, to give it up;
    fallinn at frændum, bereft of kinsmen;
    dœmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar yðrar eignir, I sentence your estates to be forfieited for his slaughter;
    refl., ef gerðarmenn láta fallast, if the umpires fail to do their duty;
    þá fallust öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, then voice and hands alike failed the Gods;
    féllust þeim allar kvéðjur, their greetings died on their lips;
    vill sá eigi falust láta andsvör, he will not fail or falter in replying;
    mér féll svá gæfusamliga (it befell me so quickly), at;
    stundum kann svá at falla, at, sometimes it may so happen that;
    9) to be had or produced (þat járn fellr í firði þeim; þar fellr hveiti ok vín);
    10) with adv., e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, a thing falls heavily, lightly upon one (þetta mun ðr þungt falla);
    féll þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle turned against the emperor;
    e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly;
    henni féll meinit svá nær, at, the illness fell on her so sore, that;
    mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him;
    hörmuliga fellr oss nú, at, it falls out sadly for us, that;
    11) to please, suit;
    kvað sér, þat vel falla til attekta, said that it suited him well for drawing revenue from;
    honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise was pleasant in his ears;
    jarli féllst þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it;
    mun mér illa falla, ef, it will displease me, if;
    féll vel á með þeim, they were on good terms;
    refl., honum féllst þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, he was pleased with it;
    féllst hvárt öðru vel í geð, they loved each other;
    12) with preps. and advs.,
    falla af, to fall, abate (féll af vindr, byrr);
    falla á e-n, to befall one;
    þær féllu lyktir í, at, the end was, that;
    falla í e-t, to fall into;
    falla í brot, to fall in a fit;
    falla í óvit, to faint, swoon;
    falla í villu, to fall into heresy;
    falla í vald e-s, to fall into one’s power;
    féll veðrit í logn, the storm calmed down;
    falla niðr, to fall, drop;
    mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr falla, my poem will soon be forgotten;
    féll svá niðr þeirra tal, their conversation dropped, they left off talking;
    falla saman, to fill in with, agree;
    þó at eigi félli alit saman með þeim, though they, did not agree in everything;
    falla til, to occur, happen, fall out;
    ef auðna fellr til, if luck will have it so;
    litlu síðar féll til fagrt leiði, fair wind came on;
    öll þingviti, er til falla, all the fines that may fall in, be due;
    nema þörf falli til, unless need be;
    sem sakir falla til, as the case falls;
    falla undir e-n, to fall to one’s lot (of inheritance, obligation);
    arfr fellr undir e-n, devolves upon one;
    falla út, to recede, of the tide (þá er út féll sjórinn);
    falla við árar, to fall to at the oars.
    * * *
    pret. féll, 2nd pers. féllt, mod. féllst, pl. féllu; pres. fell, pl. föllum; part. fallinn; reflex. féllsk, fallisk, etc., with the neg. suffix fellr-at, féll-at, féllsk-at, Am. 6, vide Lex. Poët. [Common to all Teut. languages except Goth. (Ulf. renders πίπτειν by drjûsan); A. S. feallan; Engl. fall; Germ. fallen; Dan. falde; Swed. falla.]
    A. to fall; as in Engl. so in Icel. falla is the general word, used in the broadest sense; in the N. T. it is therefore used much in the same passages as in the Engl. V., e. g. Matth. v. 14, vii. 25, 27, x. 29, xii. 11, xiii. 4, xxi. 44, Luke xiv. 5, John xii. 24, Rom. xi. 11, xiv. 4, 1 Cor. x. 12, 1 Tim. vi. 9, Rev. viii. 10: blómstrið fellr, James i. 11: again, the verbs hrynja and hrapa denote ruin or sudden fall, detta a light fall, hrasa stumbling; thus in the N. T. hrynja is used, Luke xxiii. 30, Rev. vi. 16; hrapa, Luke x. 18, xi. 17, xiii. 4, Matth. xxiv. 29; hrasa, Luke x. 30; detta, xvi. 21: the proverb, eigi fellr tré við hit fyrsta högg, a tree falls not by the first stroke, Nj. 163, 224; hann féll fall mikit, Bs. i. 343; hón féll geigvænliga, id.; falla af baki, to fall from horseback, 344; f. áfram, to fall forwards, Nj. 165; f. á bak aptr, to fall on the back, 9; f. um háls e-m, to fall on one’s neck, Luke xv. 20; f. til jarðar, to fall to the ground, fall prostrate, Fms. vii. 13, Pass. 5. 4: to fall on one’s face, Stj. 422. Ruth ii. 10; f. fram, to fall down, Matth. iv. 9; f. dauðr ofan, to fall down dead, Fær. 31; ok jafnsnart féll á hann dimma og myrkr, Acts xiii. 11; hlutr fellr, the lot fell (vide hlut-fall), i. 26.
    2. to fall dead, fall in battle, Lat. cadere, Nj. 31, Eg. 7, 495, Dropl. 25, 36, Hm. 159, Fms. i. 8, 11, 24, 38, 95, 173, 177, 178, ii. 318, 324, 329, iii. 5, iv. 14, v. 55, 59, 78, 85, vi. 406–421, vii–xi, passim.
    3. of cattle, to die of plague or famine, Ann. 1341.
    4. medic., falla í brot, to fall in a fit, Bs. i. 335; f. í óvit, to swoon, Nj. 210: the phrase, f. frá, to fall, die (frá-fall, death), Grág. i. 139, 401, Fms. iv. 230, vii. 275; f. í svefn, to fall asleep, Acts xx. 9.
    II. to flow, run, of water, stream, tide, etc.: of the tide, særinn féll út frá landi, ebbed, Clem. 47; féll þar sær fyrir hellismunnann, the sea rose higher than the cave’s mouth, Orkn. 428; síðan féll sjór at, the tide rose, Ld. 58; ok þá er út féll sjórinn, Þorf. Karl. 420; sjórinn féll svá skjótt á land, at skipin vóru öll á floti, Fms. iv. 65: also used of snow, rain, dew, Vsp. 19; snjó-fall, a fall of snow: of the ashes of a volcano, cp. ösku-fall, s. v. aska: of a breaker, to dash, menn undruðusk er boði féll í logni, þar sem engi maðr vissi ván til at fyrri hefði fallit, Orkn. 164: of a river, nema þar falli á sú er eigi gengr fé yfir, Grág. ii. 256; vötn þau er ór jöklum höfðu fallit, Eg. 133; á féll ( flowed) við skála Ásólfs, Landn. 50, A. A. 285; þeir sá þá ós (fors, Hb.) mikinn falla í sjóinn, Landn. 29, v. l., cp. Fms. i. 236; Markar-fljót féll í millum höfuð-ísa, Nj. 142; á fellr austan, Vsp. 42; falla forsar, 58; læk er féll meðal landa þeirra, Landn. 145: of sea water, sjár kolblár fellr at þeim, the ship took in water, Ld. 118, Mar. 98; svá at inn féll um söxin, that the tea rushed in at the stern, Sturl. iii. 66.
    2. to stream, of hair; hárit silki-bleikt er féll ( streamed) á herðar honum aptr, Fms. vii. 155.
    β. of clothes, drapery, Edda (Ht. 2) 121.
    III. to fall, of the wind; féll veðrit ok görði logn, the wind fell, Eg. 372; þá féll byrrinn, Eb. 8; ok fellr veðrit er þeir koma út at eyjum, Ld. 116; hón kvaðsk mundu ráða at veðrit félli eigi, Gullþ. 30; í því bili fellr andviðrit, Fbr. 67; þá féll af byrrinn, Fms. vi. 17.
    2. falla niðr, to fall, drop; mitt kvæði mun skjótt niðr f., my poem will soon be forgotten, Fms. vi. 198; mun þat (in the poem) aldri niðr f. meðan Norðrlönd eru bygð, 372; féll svá þeirra tal, their speech dropped, they left off talking, Fas. iii. 579; as a law term, to let a thing drop, lát niðr f., Fs. 182; féllu hálfar bætr niðr fyrir sakastaði þá er hann þótti á eiga, Nj. 166, 250, Band. 18; þat eitt fellr niðr, Grág. i. 398, Fms. vii. 137; falla í verði, to fall in price, etc.
    IV. to fail, be foiled, a law term; sá (viz. eiðr) fellr honum til útlegðar, i. e. if he fails in taking the oath he shall be liable to outlawry, N. G. L. i. 84 (eið-fall); en ef eiðr fellr, þá fari hann útlægr, K. Á. 214; fellr aldri sekt handa á milli, the fine is never cancelled, N. G. L. i. 345; f. á verkum sínum, to have been caught red-handed, to be justly slain, Eg. 736; vera fallinn at sókn, to fail in one’s suit, N. G. L. i. 166; hence metaph. fallin at frændum, failing, bereft of friends, Hðm. 5; fallinn frá minu máli, having given my case up, Sks. 554, 747; því dæmi ek fyrir dráp hans fallnar eignir ykkar, I sentence your estates to lie forfeited for his slaughter, Fs. 122; f. í konungs garð, to forfeit to the king’s treasury. Fms. iv. 227; reflex., ef honum fellsk þessor brigð, if his right of reclamation fails, Gþl. 300; ef menn fallask at því, if men fail in that, N. G. L. ii. 345; ef gerð fellsk, if the reparation comes to naught, id.; ef gerðar-menn láta fallask, if they fail to do their duty, id., cp. i. 133, 415; to fail, falter, in the phrase, e-m fallask hendr, the hands fail one; bliknaði hann ok féllusk honum hendr, Ó. H. 70; þá féllusk öllum Ásum orðtök ok svá hendr, their voice and hands alike failed them, Edda 37; en bóndum féllusk hendr, því á þeir höfðu þá engan foringja, Fms. vi. 281; féllusk þeim allar kveðjur er fyrir vóru, their greeting faltered, i. e. the greeting died on their lips, Nj. 140; vill sá eigi fallask fáta andsvör, he would not fail or falter in replying, Hkr. i. 260; féllskat saðr sviðri, her judgment did not fail, Am. 6.
    V. metaph., falla í villu, to fall into heresy, Ver. 47; f. í hórdóm, to fall into whoredom, Sks. 588; f. í vald e-s. to fall into one’s power, Ld. 166; f. í fullsælu, to drop ( come suddenly) into great wealth, Band. 31; f. í fullting við e-n, to fall a-helping one, to take one’s part, Grág. i. 24; lyktir falla á e-t, to come to a close, issue, Fms. ix. 292. xi. 326; f. á, to fall on, of misfortune, vide á-fall.
    2. falla undir e-n, to full to one’s lot, of inheritance, obligation; arfr fellr undir e-n. devolves upon one, Gþl. 215; f. frjáls á jörð to be free born, N. G. L. i. 32; f. ánanðigr á jörð, to be born a bondsman, Grág. ii. 192.
    3. falla við árar, to fall to at the oars, Fms. xi. 73, 103; Þorgeirr féll þá svá fast á árar (pulled, so bard), at af gengu báðir háirnir, Grett. 125 A; f. fram við árar, id., Fas. ii. 495 (in a verse).
    VI. to fall out, befall; ef auðna fellr til, if it so falls out by luck, Fms. iv. 148; ef auðna vildi til f. með þeim, xi. 267; litlu siðar fellr til fagrt leiði, a fair wind befell them, 426; alla hluti þá er til kunni f., Nj. 224; öll þingvíti er til f., all the fines that may fall in, be due, Gþl. 21; nema þörf falli til, unless a mishap befalls him, i. e. unless he be in a strait, 76; mér féll svá gæfusamliga, it befell me so luckily, Barl. 114; verðuliga er fallit á mik þetta tilfelli, this accident has justly befallen me, 115; sem sakir f. til, as the case falls, Eg. 89.
    2. to fall, be produced; þat (the iron) fellr í firði þeim er Ger heitir, Fas. iii. 240; þar fellr hveiti ok vín, 360.
    VII. impers. in the phrases, e-m fellr e-t þungt, létt, etc., a thing falls lightly, heavily upon, esp. of feeling; þetta mun yðr þungt f., it will fall heavily on you, Band. 18; felir þá keisaranum þyngra bardaginn, the battle fell out ill to ( turned against) the emperor, Fms. xi. 32; at oss mundi þungt f. þessi mál, Nj. 191.
    2. the phrases, e-m fellr e-t nær, it falls nigh to one, touches one nearly; svá fellr mér þetta nær um trega, Nj. 170; sjá einn var svá hlutr, at Njáli féll svá nær, at hana mátti aldri óklökvandi um tala, this one thing touched Njal so nearly, that he could never speak of it without tears, 171; mér fellr eigi firr en honum, it touches me no less than him, Blas. 41; henni féll meinit svá, nær, at …, the illness fell on her so sore, that …, Bs. i. 178; féll henni nær allt saman, she was much vexed by it all (of illness), 351; e-t fellr bágliga, hörmuliga etc. fyrir e-m, things fall out sadly for one. Vígl. 30, El. 15.
    B. Metaph. to fall in with, agree, fit, suit, Germ. gefallen:
    I. to please, suit; kvað sér þat vel falla til aftekta, said that it suited him well for drawing taxes from, Fb. ii. 122: en allt þat, er hann heyrði frá himnaguði, féll honum harla vel, pleased him very well, Fms. i. 133; honum féll vel í eyru lofsorð konungs, the king’s praise suited his ears well, tickled, pleased his fancy, Bret. 16: reflex., þat lof fellsk honum í eyru, 4; jarli fellsk þat vel í eyru, the earl was well pleased to hear it, Bjarn. 7.
    β. falla saman, to fall in with, comply, agree; en þó at eigi félli allt saman með þeim, though they did not agree in all, Bs. i. 723.
    γ. féllsk vel á með þeim, they loved one another, Fas. i. 49; féll vel á með þeim Styrkári, i. e. he and S. were on good terms, Fms. iii. 120.
    δ. honum féllsk þat vel í skap, it suited his mind well, pleased him, Fas. i. 364; féllsk hvárt öðru vel í geð, they agreed well, liked one another well, Band. 9; fallask á e-t, to like a thing; brátt kvartar að mér fellst ei á, Bb. 3. 23.
    2. to beseem, befit; heldr fellr þeim ( it befits them), at sýna öðrum með góðvilja, Str. 2.
    3. falla at e-u, to apply to, refer to; þetta eitt orð er at fellr eiðstafnum, Band. MS. 15 (Ed. 18 wrongly eiðrinn instead of eiðnum).
    4. the phrase ‘falla við’ in Luke vi. 36 (bótin af því hinu nýja fellr eigi við hið gamla) means to agree with; hence also viðfeldinn, agreeable:—but in the two passages to be cited falla við seems to be intended for falda við, to enfold; hvergi nema þar sem falli við akr eða eng, unless field or meadow be increased or improved, N. G. L. ii. 116; ekki má falla (qs. falda) við hamingju-leysi mitt, ‘tis impossible to add a fold to my bad luck, it cannot be worse than it is, Al. 110.
    II. part. fallinn; svá f., such-like, so framed; eitt lítið dýr er svá fallið, at …, a small animal is so framed, that …, Stj. 77; hví man hinn sami maðr svá fallinn, how can the same man be so framed? Fms. xi. 429:—in law phrases, such-like, as follows, svá fallinn vitnisburð, testimony as follows, Vm. 47; svo fallinn órskurð, dóm, etc., a decision, sentence … as follows, a standing phrase; þá leið fallinn, such, such-like (Germ. beschaffen), Stj. 154.
    2. fallinn vel, illa, etc., well, ill-disposed; hann var vænn maðr ok vel fallinn, Fms. xi. 422; þau vóru tröll bæði ok at öllu illa fallin, Bárð. 165; fitted, worthy, bezt til konungs fallinn, Fms. i. 58; ok er hann bezt til þess f. af þessum þremr, vi. 386; at hann væri betr til fallinn at deyja fyrir þá sök en faðir hans, that he more deserved to die than his father did, x. 3; Ólafr er betr til yfirmanns f. enn mínir synir, Ld. 84; margir eru betr til fallnir fararinnar, Ísl. ii. 327; Hallgerðr kvað hann sér vel fallinn til verkstjóra, Nj. 57; sá er til þess er f., Sks. 299; ‘worthy,’ 1 Cor. vi. 2.
    3. neut. fit; ok hætti þá er honum þótti fallit, when he thought fit, Fms. vi. 364; slík reip sem f. þykir, as seems needful, Sks. 420; væri þat vel fallit, at …, it would do well, to …, Fms. ii. 115; þat mun nú vel fallit, that will be right, that will do well, Nj. 145; kallaði vel til fallit, said it was quite right, Fms. xi. 321.
    4. of a thing, with dat. suited to one; eigi þyki mér þér sú ferð vel fallin, i. e. this journey will not do for thee, will not do thee good, Fms. vi. 200; cp. ó-fallit, unfit.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FALLA

  • 4 ALLR

    (öll, allt), a.
    1) all, entire, whole;
    hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all the heritage after me;
    af öllum hug, with all (one’s) heart;
    hvítr allr, white all over;
    bú allt, the whole estate;
    allan daginn, the whole day;
    í allri veröld, in the whole world;
    allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight;
    with addition of ‘saman’;
    allt saman féit, the whole amount;
    um þenna hernað allan saman, all together;
    2) used almost adverbially, all, quite, entirely;
    klofnaði hann allr í sundr, he was all cloven asunder, kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was altogether bewildered;
    var Hrappr allr brottu, quite gone;
    allr annarr maðr, quite another man;
    3) gone, past;
    áðr þessi dagr er allr, before this day is past;
    var þá óll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all over;
    allt er nú mitt megin, my strength is exhausted, gone;
    4) departed, dead (þá er Geirmundr var allr);
    5) neut. sing. (allt) used. as a subst. in the sense of all, everything;
    þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt;
    hér er skammætt allt, here everything is transient;
    with a compar. all the more (því öllu þungbærri);
    with gen., allt missera (= öll misseri), all the year round;
    allt annars, all the rest;
    at öllu annars, in all other respects;
    alls fyrst, first of all;
    alls mest, most of all;
    in adverbial phrases: at öllu, in all respects, in every way;
    í öllu, in everything;
    með öllu, wholly, quite;
    neita með öllu, to refuse outright;
    6) pl. allir (allar, öll), as adj. or substantively, all (þeir gengu út allir);
    ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, from all the quarters of the land;
    allir aðrir, all others, every one else;
    flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of;
    gen. pl. (allra) as an intensive with superlatives, of all things, all the more;
    nú þykkir mér þat allra sýnst, er, all the more likely, as;
    allra helzt, er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear;
    allra sízt, least of all.
    * * *
    öll, allt, and alt, adj. [Ulf. alls = πας, άπας, όλος; A. S. eall; Engl. and Germ. all].
    A. In sing. as adj. or substantively, cunctus, totus, omnis:
    I. all, entire, the whole; hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all my heritage after me, Nj. 3; um alla þingsafglöpun, every kind of þ., 150; gaf hann þat allt, all, 101; at öllum hluta, in totum, Grág. i. 245; allr heilagr dómr, the whole body of Christians, ii. 165; á öllu því máli, Fms. vii. 311; allu fólki, thewhole people, x. 273; hvitr allr, white all over, 655 xxxii. 21; bú allt, thewhole estate, Grág. i. 244; fyrir allt dagsljós, before any dawn of light, Hom. 41: with the addition of saman = άπας—Icel. now in fem. sing. and n. pl. say öll sömun, and even n. sing. allt samant; in old writers saman is indecl.,—the whole, Germ. sänmtlich, zusammen; allt saman féit, thewhole amount, entire, Grág. ii. 148; þenna hernað allan saman, all together, Fms. i. 144; fyrir allan saman ójafnað þann, Sd. 157. Metaph. in the phrase, at vera ekki allr þar sem hann er sénn (séðr), of persons of deep, shrewd characters, not to be seen through, but also with a feeling of something ‘uncanny’ about them, Fms. xi. 157 (a familiar phrase); ekki er oil nótt úti enn, sagði draugrinn, the night is not all over yet, said the ghost, ‘the Ides are not past’ (a proverb), v. Ísl. Þjóðs.
    2. all, entire, full; allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight, Nj. 7; þar til er Kjartani þykir allt mál upp, until Kjartan thought it was high time, of one nearly (or) well-nigh drowned, Hkr. i. 286.
    II. metaph. past, gone, dead, extinct; perh. ellipt., vera allr í brottu, quite gone, Eb. 112 new Ed.; var Hrappr þá allr í brottu, Nj. 132; then by an ellipsis of ‘brottu,’ or the like, allr simply = past, gone:
    α. past, of time; seg þú svá fremi frá því er þessi dagr er allr, when this day is past, Nj. 96, Fms. ii. 38, 301; var þá öll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all gone, Fms. ix. 428; allt er mi mitt megin, my strength is gone, exhausted, Str.
    β. dead; þá er Geirmundr var allr, gone, dead, Landn. (Hb.) 124; síz Gunnarr at Hlíðarenda var allr, since G. of Lithend was dead and gone (v. l. to lézt), Nj. 142; sem faðir þeirra væri allr, after his death, Stj. 127; þá er Nói var allr, 66; en sem hann var allr, 100; eptir þat er Sara var öll, after all Sara’s days were over, 139, 140, 405; á vegum allr hygg ek at at ek verða munu, that I shall perish on the way, Gg. verse 5; með því at þú ert gamlaðr mjök, þá munu þeir eigi út koma fyr en þú ert allr, Háv. 57; still freq. in Swed., e. g. blifwa all af bekumring, be worn out with sorrow; vinet blev alt, fell short; tiden er all, past.
    III. used almost adverbially, when it may be translated by all, quite, just, entirely; klofnaði hann allr í sundr, was all cloven asunder, Nj. 205; er sá nú allr einn í þínu liði er nú hefir eigi höfuðs, ok hinn, er þá eggiaði hins versta verks er eigi var fram komit, where it seems, however, rather to mean one and the same … or the very same …, thus, and he is now one and the same man in thy band, who has now lost his head, and he who then egged thee on to the worst work when it was still undone, or the very same, … who, Nj. 213; vil ek at sú görð häldist öll, in all its parts, 256; kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was all bewildered, Ld. 74.
    IV. neut. sing. used as a subst. in the sense of all, everything, in every respect; ok for svá með öllu, sem …, acted in everything as…, Nj. 14, Ld. 54; ok lát sem þú þykist þar allt eiga, that you depend upon him in all, Fms. xi. 113; eigi er enn þeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game, Nj. 235: í alls vesöld, in all misery, Ver. 4; alls mest, most of all, especially, Fms. ii. 137 C, Fs. 89 (in a verse); in mod. usage, allra mest, cp. below. The neut. with a gen.; allt missera, all the year round, Hom. 73; allt annars, all the rest, Grág. ii. 141; at öllu annars, in all other respects, K. Þ. K. 98; þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt, Fas. i. 338. In the phrases, at öllu, in all respects, Fms. i. 21, Grág. i. 431; ef hann á eigi at öllu framfærsluna, if he be not the sole supporter, 275: úreyndr at öllu, untried in every way, Nj. 90; cp. Engl. not at all, prop. not in every respect, analogous to never, prop. not always: fyrir alls sakir, in every respect, Grág. ii. 47, Fas. i. 252: í öllu, in everything, Nj. 90, 228: með öllu, wholly, quite, dauðr með öllu, quite dead, 153; neita með öllu, to refuse outright, Fms. i. 35, 232, Boll. 342: um allt, in respect of everything, Nj. 89; hence comes the adverb ávalt, ever = of allt = um allt, prop. in every respect, v. ávalt.
    V. the neut. sing. allt is used as an adv., right up to, as far as, all the way; Brynjólfr gengr allt at honum, close to him, Nj. 58; kómu allt at bænum, 79; allt at búðardyrunum, right up to the very door of the booth, 247; allt norðr urn Stað, all along north, round Cape Stad, Fms. vii. 7; suðr allt í Englands haf, iv. 329; verit allt út í Miklagarð, as far out as Constantinople, ii. 7, iv. 250, 25; allt á klofa, Bárð. 171.
    2. everywhere, in all places; at riki Eireks konungs mundi allt yfir standa í Eyjunum, might stretch over the whole of the Islands, Eg. 405; Sigröðr var konungr allt um Þrændalög, over all Drontheim, Fms. i. 19; bjoggu þar allt fyrir þingmenn Runólfs goða, the liegemen of R. the priest were in every house, ii. 234 ( = í hverju húsi, Bs. i. 20); allt norðr um Rogaland, all the way north over the whole of R., Fms. iv. 251; vóru svirar allt gulli búnir, all overlaid with gold, vi. 308; hafið svá allt kesjurnar fyrir, at ekki megi á ganga, hold your spears everywhere (all along the line) straight before you, that they (the enemy) may not come up to you, 413; allt imdir innviðuna ok stafnana, vii. 82.
    3. nearly = Lat. jam, soon, already; vóru allt komin fyrir hann bréf, warrants of arrest were already in his way, Fms. vii. 207; var allt skipat liðinu til fylkingar, the troops were at once drawn up in array, 295; en allt hugðum vér ( still we thought) at fara með spekt um þessi héruð, Boll. 346.
    4. temp. all through, until; allt til Júnsvöku, Ann. 1295; allt um daga Hákonar konungs, all through the reign of king Hacon, Bs. i. 731.
    5. in phrases such as, allt at einu, all one, all in the same way, Fms. i. 113. In Icel. at present allt að einu means all the same: allt eins, nevertheless; ek ætla þó utan a. eins, Ísl. ii. 216; hann neitaði allt eins at…, refused all the same, Dipl. iii. 13; allt eins hraustliga, not the less manly, Fms. xi. 443. The mod. Icel. use is a little different, namely = as, in similes = just as; allt eins og blómstrið eina (a simile), just as the flower, the initial words of the famous hymn by Hallgrim.
    6. by adding ‘of’ = far too …, much too …, Karl. 301 (now freq.)
    7. with a comparative, much, far, Fms. vi. 45 (freq.)
    VI. neut. gen. alls [cp. Ulf. allis = όλως; A. S. ealles], used as an adv., esp. before a negative (ekki, hvergi), not a bit, not at all, no how, by no means; þeir ugðu alls ekki at sér, they were not a bit afraid, Nj. 252; hræðumst vér hann nú alls ekki, we do not care a bit for him, 260; á hólmgöngu er vandi en alls ekki ( none at all) á einvigi, Korm. 84; en junkherra Eiríkr þóttist ekki hafa, ok kallaði sik Eirík alls ekki (cp. Engl. lackland), Fms. x. 160; alls hvergi skal sök koma undir enn þriðja mann, no how, in no case, by no means, Grág. i. 144: sometimes without a negative following it; ær alls geldar, ewes quite barren, Grág. i. 502; hafrar alls geldir, id.; alls vesall, altogether wretched, Nj. 124; alls mjök stærist hann nú, very much, Stj.; a. mest, especially, Fs. 89, Fms. ii. 137. In connection with numbers, in all, in the whole; tólf vóru þau alls á skipi, twelve were they all told in the ship, Ld. 142; tíu Íslenzkir menn alls, 164; alls fórust níu menn, the slain were nine in all, Ísl. ii. 385; verða alls sárir þrír eða fleiri, Grág. ii. 10; alls mánuð, a full month, i. 163; þeir ala eitt barn alls á aefi sinni, Rb. 346.
    β. with addition of ‘til’ or ‘of’ = far too much; alls of lengi, far too long a time, Fms. i. 140; hefnd alls til lítil, much too little, vi. 35.
    B. In pl. allir, allar, öll, as adj. or substantively:
    1. used absol. all; þeir gengu út allir, all men, altogether, Nj. 80; Síðan bjoggust þeir heiman allir, 212; Gunnarr reið ok beir allir, 48; hvikit þér allir, 78, etc.
    2. as adj., alla höfðingja, all the chiefs, Nj. 213; ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, all the quarters of the land, 222; at vitni guðs ok allra heilagra manna, all the saints, Grág. ii. 22; í allum orrostum, in all the battles, Fms. x. 273; Josep ok allir hans ellifu bræðr, Stj., etc.
    3. by adding aðrir, flestir, etc.; allir aðrir, all other, everyone else, Nj. 89, Fms. xi. 135: flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of, v. flestr; in mod. use flestallir, flest being indecl.: allir saman, altogether, Nj. 80.
    4. adverb., Gregorius hafði eigi öll fjögr hundruð, not all, not quite, four hundred, Fms. vii. 255.
    5. used ellipt., allir ( everybody) vildu leita þér vegs, Nj. 78.
    6. gen. pl. allra, when followed by superl. neut. adj. or adv., of all things, all the more; en nú þyki mér þat allra sýnst er …, all the more likely, as …, Ld. 34; allra helzt er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear, Fms. ix. 330; allra helzt ef hann fellr meir, all the rather, if …, Grág. ii. 8; allra sízt, least of all, 686 B. 2; bæn sú kemr til þess allra mest, especially, Hom. 149: very freq. at present in Icel., and used nearly as Engl. very, e. g. allra bezt, the very best; a. hæst, neðst, fyrst, the very highest, lowest, foremost, etc.
    C. alls is used as a prefix to several nouns in the gen., in order to express something common, general, universal.
    COMPDS: allsendis, allsháttar, allsherjar, allsherjarbúð, allsherjardómr, allsherjarfé, allsherjargoði, allsherjarlið, allsherjarlýðr, allsherjarlög, allsherjarþing, allskonar, allskostar, allskyns, allsstaðar, allsvaldandi, allrahanda, allraheilagra.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ALLR

  • 5 he

    1. n мужчина, юноша, мальчик, лицо мужского пола

    the person whereof he speaks — лицо, о котором он говорит

    2. n самец
    3. n тот, кто водит
    4. pers pron книжн. он, она, оно

    the dog stopped: he had heard a rustle — собака остановилась: она услышала шорох

    there he comes! — вон он идёт!; а вот и он!

    he said she should come — он сказал, чтобы она пришла

    5. pers pron ты

    did he hurt himself then? — ты ударился, мой маленький?

    6. pers pron в коррелятивных местоимённых сочетаниях

    he acted very angry — он сделал вид, что страшно рассердился

    he paid all that was owing — он заплатил всё, что следовало

    7. pers pron некто; человек
    8. int хи!

    he, he — хи-хи!, ха-ха!

    Синонимический ряд:
    1. man (noun) boy; buck; chap; cuss; fellow; galoot; gent; gentleman; guy; man; skate; snap
    2. which person (other) she; that one; that person; the person in question; which one; which person; whichever one; who; whoever

    English-Russian base dictionary > he

  • 6 вследствие того

    1. therewith
    2. due to the fact

    они оба ушли, нет ни того ни другого — they are both gone

    с целью чтобы; для того чтобы — to the end that

    3. due to the fact that

    в свете того, что произошло — in the afterlight

    в предвидении того, что … — foreseeingly that …

    из-за того, что — by reason of the fact that

    4. thereof
    5. thereupon

    Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > вследствие того

  • 7 der Fuß

    - {base} cơ sở, nền, nền tảng, nền móng, đáy, chấn đế, căn cứ, đường đáy, mặt đáy, cơ số, gốc từ, Bazơ - {foot} chân, bàn chân, bước chân, cách đi, bộ binh, bệ phía dưới, cuối, phút, âm tiết), gốc cánh, cặn bã foot), đường thô foots), footlights - {footing} chỗ để chân, chỗ đứng, địa vị chắc chắn, vị trí chắc chắn, cơ sở chắc chắn, cơ sở quan hệ, vị trí trong quan hệ, sự được kết nạp, chân tường, chân cột, bệ, sự thay bàn chân cho bít tất - sự khâu bàn chân cho bít tất, vải để khâu bàn chân cho bít tất, sự cộng, tổng số - {root} rễ, cây con cả rễ, số nhiều) các cây có củ, chăn, gốc, căn nguyên, gốc rễ, nguồn gốc, căn bản, thực chất, căn, nghiệm, nốt cơ bản, con cháu - {trotter} ngựa chạy nước kiệu, chân giò, cẳng = der Fuß (0,305m) {foot}+ = zu Fuß {afoot; on foot; pedestrian}+ = zu Fuß gehen {to boot; to foot it; to hoof it; to pad; to stump it; to tramp; to walk}+ = zwei Fuß lang {two feet in length}+ = auf großem Fuß {in a great way}+ = auf freiem Fuß {at large}+ = gut zu Fuß sein {to be a good walker}+ = von Kopf bis Fuß {from top to toe}+ = auf gleichem Fuß [mit] {upon the same footing [as]}+ = festen Fuß fassen {to gain a firm footing; to gain a footing; to get a firm footing}+ = ohne Hand und Fuß {without rhyme or reason}+ = mit dem Fuß wippen {to jig one's foot}+ = mit dem Fuß stoßen {to kick}+ = die Bezahlung nach Fuß {footage}+ = zu Fuß zu erreichen {within walking distance}+ = auf freiem Fuß sein {to be at large}+ = auf großem Fuß leben {to live like a lord}+ = auf gutem Fuß stehen {to be on good terms}+ = mit dem Fuß umknicken {to sprain one's ankle}+ = ich mußte zu Fuß gehen {I had to tramp it}+ = sich den Fuß verrenken {to twist one's foot}+ = mit dem Fuß einknicken {to turn one's ankle}+ = sich den Fuß vertreten {to sprain one's ankle; to twist one's ankle}+ = mit dem Fuß aufstampfen {to stamp; to stamp one's foot}+ = ich gehe zu Fuß dorthin {I'll get there on Shank's pony}+ = wieder festen Fuß fassen {to regain one's feet}+ = mit dem Fuß stoßen gegen {to stump}+ = sich den Fuß verknacksen {to sprain one's ankle}+ = man kann zu Fuß hingehen {it's within walking distance}+ = Er hat den Fuß verstaucht. {He sprained his ankle.}+ = die Höhe unter fünfhundert Fuß (Luftfahrt) {zero}+ = ich würde gern zu Fuß gehen {I should like to walk}+ = mit auswärts gestelltem Fuß {splayfooted}+ = Überall kann es Fuß fassen. {Anywhere it can get some kind of a grip.}+ = mit dem verkehrten Fuß aufstehen {to get out of bed on the wrong side}+

    Deutsch-Vietnamesisch Wörterbuch > der Fuß

  • 8 मन्


    man
    in comp. for 1. mad

    cl. 8. 4. Ā. Dhātup. XXX, 9; XXV, 67 ;
    manuté, mányate (ep. alsoﾠ - ti;
    3. pl. manvaté RV. ;
    pf. mene Br. etc.;
    mamnā́the, -nā́ts RV. ;
    aor. ámata, ámanmahi Subj. manāmahe, mananta, p. manāná q.v. RV. ;
    maṉsi, amaṉsta Subj. maṉsate Prec. maṉsīshṭa, 1. pers. m. c. masīya ib. ;
    māṉsta AV., - stādm TĀr. ;
    mandhvam Br. ;
    amanishṭa Gr.;
    fut. maṉsyate Br., - ti MBh. ;
    manta, manitā Gr.;
    manishyate RV. ;
    inf. mantum MBh. etc., mántave, - tavai RV., mántos Br. ;
    ind. p. matvā́ Up. etc.;
    manitvā Gr.;
    - matya Br. etc.;
    - manya MBh. etc.), to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture RV. etc. etc. ( manye, I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction;
    cf. gaṇa câ̱di andﾠ Pāṇ. 4-1, 106);
    to regard orﾠ consider any one orﾠ anything (acc.) as (acc. with orﾠ without iva, orﾠ adv., often in - vat;
    in later language alsoﾠ dat., to express contempt <cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 17 >,
    e gaṇa rājyaṉtṛiṇaya manye, « I value empire at a straw»
    i.e. I make light of it = laghu man, andﾠ opp. to bahu, orﾠ sādhu man, to think much orﾠ well of. praise, approve) ib. ;
    to think one's self orﾠ be thought to be, appear as, pass for (nom.;
    alsoﾠ with iva) ib. ;
    to be of opinion, think fit orﾠ right MBh. Kāv. etc.;
    to agree orﾠ be of the same opinion with (acc.) MBh. ;
    to set the heart orﾠ mind on, honour, esteem (with nau, disdain), hope orﾠ wish for (acc. orﾠ gen.) RV. etc. etc.;
    to think of (in prayer etc., either « to remember, meditate on», orﾠ « mention, declare», orﾠ « excogitate, invent») RV. AV. ;
    to perceive, observe, leam, know, understand, comprehend (acc., Ved. alsoﾠ gen.). RV. etc. etc.;
    to offer, present MBh.:
    Caus. Dhātup. XXXIV, 36 mānayati (ep. alsoﾠ - te;
    aor. amīmanat;
    Pass. mānyate), to honour, esteem, value highly ( alsoﾠ with uru, bahu andﾠ sādhu) AV. etc. etc.;
    (Ā.) stavibhe Dhātup. XXXIII, 35 ;
    garvake ib. Vop.:
    Desid. Dhātup. XXIII, 3 mīmāṉsate (rarely - ti;
    amīmāṉsishṭhās ṠBr. ;
    mīnāṉsyáte AV. ;
    mimaṉsate, mimanishate Gr.), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate AV. Br. etc.;
    to cali in question, doubt (« with regard to» loc.) ib.:
    Desid. of Desid. mimāmishate Gr.:
    Intens. manmanyate, manmanti ib. ;
    + cf. Zd. man;
    Gk. μένω, μέμονα,
    Lat. meminisse, monere;
    Slav. andﾠ Lith. minéti;
    Goth. ga-munan;
    Germ, meinen;
    Eng. mean
    - मन्मनस
    - मन्मय

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > मन्

  • 9 един

    един на хиляда one in a thousand
    един единствен a single, only one
    един път once
    един единствен път just once
    един-два, един-двама one or two
    един от нас/тях и т. н. one of us/them etc.
    един по един one at a time, one by one, one after another
    нито един not one, not one/a single
    един номер по-голям/по-малък the next larger/smaller size
    2. (същ.отделен човек, нещо) one, one thing
    мн.ч. some
    един за всички, всички за един one for all and all for one
    те извикаха като един they cried out in one voice/as one man
    дойде един и почна да ми разправя a man came to me and began telling me
    нито един nobody, no one
    един иска да ходи на кино, друг не иска some want to go to the cinema, some don't
    едно знам one thing I do know
    той едно си знае he's always harping on the same string
    едно говоря, друго върша play fast and loose
    едно от двете one or the other
    3. (неопределително мест.) a, an, a certain
    мн.ч. some
    имало едно време един дядо и една баба once upon a time there was an old man and an old woman
    един писател казал a certain writer has said
    4. (прил. еднакъв, същ) the same
    един и същ one and the same
    ние сме от един град we come from the same town
    те са на едно мнение they are of the same opinion
    5. (прил. единствен, сам) only, alone
    един господ знае God only knows
    едно, че..., и друго for one thing... for another
    едно време once upon a time
    все ми е едно it's all the same to me, I don't mind
    все едно it's all the same, it's all one
    един през друг helter-skelter, pell mell
    и ти си един you're a pretty sort of fellow, you're a fine fellow/one
    то пък един артист he is not much of an artist
    нашата е една things are pretty bad with us, our's is a sorry plight indeed
    настанали са едни времена times have never been so bad, we've come upon evil days
    изкарах един сън I had a nap
    бързо едно след друго in quick/rapid succession, thick and fast
    едно-друго за ядене/носене н т. н. something to eat/to carry etc., a few things
    едно на друго all together, taking one thing with another
    един друг each other, one another
    от едното влиза, от другото излиза in at one ear and out at the other, it glances off him like water off a duck's back
    * * *
    едѝн,
    числ., една̀, едно̀, еднѝ 1. бройно числ. one; \един-два, \един-двама one or two; \един-единствен a single, only one; \един-единствен път just once; \един на хиляда one in a thousand; \един номер по-голям/по-малък the next larger/smaller size; \един по \един one at a time, one by one, one after another; \един път once;
    2. като същ. ( отделен човек, нещо) one, one thing; мн. some; дойде \един и почна да ми разправя a man came to me and began telling me; \един иска да ходи на кино, друг не иска some want to go to the cinema, some don’t; едно говоря, друго върша play fast and loose; нито \един nobody, no one; те извикаха като \един they cried out in one voice/as one man; той едно си знае he’s always harping on the same string;
    3. неопр. мест. a, an, a certain; мн. some;
    4. прил. ( еднакъв, същ) the same; ние сме на едни години we are of the same age;
    5. прил. ( единствен, сам) only, alone; \един Господ знае God only knows; • бързо едно след друго in quick/rapid succession, thick and fast; все ми е едно it’s all the same to me, I don’t mind; десет пъти едно след друго ten times over; \един вид ( тъй да се каже) so to say; \един друг each other, one another; \един през друг helter-skelter, pell mell; едно (на първо място) firstly, first; едно време once upon a time; едно на друго all together, taking one thing with another; едно, че …, и друго for one thing … for another; и ти си \един you’re a pretty sort of fellow, you’re a fine fellow/one; настанали са едни времена times have never been so bad, we’ve come upon evil days; нашата е една things are pretty bad with us; от едното влиза, от другото излиза in at one ear and out at the other, it glances off him like water off a duck’s back; то пък \един поет he is not much of a poet.
    * * *
    either (от двама); one: един in a thousand - един на хиляда; the same
    * * *
    1. (бройно число) one 2. (неопределително мест.) a, an, a certain 3. (прил.: единствен, сам) only, alone 4. (прил.: еднакъв, същ) the same 5. (същ.отделен човек, нещо) one, one thing 6. ЕДИН -два, ЕДИН -двама one or two 7. ЕДИН вид (тъй да се каже) so to say 8. ЕДИН господ знае God only knows 9. ЕДИН друг each other, one another 10. ЕДИН единствен а single, only one 11. ЕДИН единствен път just once 12. ЕДИН за всички, всички за ЕДИН one for all and all for one 13. ЕДИН и същ one and the same 14. ЕДИН иска да ходи на кино, друг не иска some want to go to the cinema, some don't 15. ЕДИН номер по-голям/по-малък the next larger/smaller size 16. ЕДИН от нас/тях и т. н. one of us/them etc. 17. ЕДИН писател казал a certain writer has said 18. ЕДИН по ЕДИН one at a time, one by one, one after another 19. ЕДИН през друг helter-skelter, pell mell 20. ЕДИН път once 21. бързо едно след друго in quick/ rapid succession, thick and fast 22. все едно it's all the same, it's all one 23. все ми е едно it's all the same to me, I don't mind 24. всички като ЕДИН (човек) like one man 25. десет пъти едно след друго ten times over 26. дойде ЕДИН и почна да ми разправя а man came to me and began telling me 27. един на хиляда one in a thousand 28. една трета one third 29. едно (на първо място) firstly, first 30. едно време once upon a time 31. едно говоря, друго върша play fast and loose 32. едно знам one thing I do know 33. едно и също нещо the same thing 34. едно на друго all together, taking one thing with another 35. едно от двете one or the other 36. едно след друго in a row 37. едно, че..., и друго for one thing... for another 38. едно-друго за ядене/носене н т. н. something to eat/to carry etc., a few things 39. и ти си ЕДИН you're a pretty sort of fellow, you're a fine fellow/one 40. изкарах ЕДИН сън I had a nap 41. имало едно време ЕДИН дядо и една баба once upon a time there was an old man and an old woman 42. мн.ч. some 43. настанали са едни времена times have never been so bad, we've come upon evil days 44. нашата е една things are pretty bad with us, our's is a sorry plight indeed 45. ние сме на едни години we are of the same age 46. ние сме от ЕДИН град we come from the same town 47. нито ЕДИН nobody, no one 48. нито ЕДИН not one, not one/a single 49. от едното влиза, от другото излиза in at one ear and out at the other, it glances off him like water off a duck's back 50. те извикаха като ЕДИН they cried out in one voice/as one man 51. те са на едно мнение they are of the same opinion 52. то пък ЕДИН артист he is not much of an artist 53. той едно си знае he's always harping on the same string 54. трябваш ми по една работа I need you about something

    Български-английски речник > един

  • 10 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 11 estar

    v.
    1 to be.
    el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos
    están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo
    está terminado it's finished
    2 to be.
    ¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?
    ¿está María? — no, no está is Maria there? — no, she's not here
    Ella estuvo aburrida She was bored.
    El edificio está en la calle tres The building is on third street.
    3 to be (expresa cualidad, estado).
    los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious
    esta calle está sucia this street is dirty
    estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving
    estamos de suerte we're in luck
    estar de vacaciones to be on holiday
    estar de viaje to be on a trip
    estar en uso to be in use
    estar en guardia to be on guard
    estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water
    5 to be.
    están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door
    6 to stay, to be.
    estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go
    7 to be ready (hallarse listo).
    ¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?
    8 to be for.
    Me estuvo difícil el examen The exam was difficult for me.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    estoy, estás, está, estamos, estáis, están.
    Imperfect Indicative
    estaba, estabas, estaba, estábamos, estabais, estaban.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    estaré, estarás, estará, estaremos, estaréis, estarán.
    Conditional
    estaría, estarías, estaría, estaríamos, estaríais, estarían.
    Present Subjunctive
    esté, estés, esté, estemos, estéis, estén.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    está (tú), esté (él/Vd.), estemos (nos.), estad (vos.), estén (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    - estarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones estar bien, estar mal, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando situación] to be

    ¿dónde estabas? — where were you?

    -las tijeras están en el cajón -no, aquí no están — "the scissors are in the drawer" - "no, they're not in here"

    -hola, ¿está Carmen? -no, no está — "hello, is Carmen in?" - "no, I'm afraid she isn't"

    • está [fuera] — [de casa] she's out; [de la ciudad/en el extranjero] she's away

    • [ya que] estamos — while we are at it

    2) [indicando un estado transitorio]
    a) + adj, adv to be

    estar enfermo {o} malo — to be ill

    ¿estás casado o soltero? — are you married or single?

    ¿cómo estamos? — [gen] how are we doing?; [a otra persona] how are you?

    con este frío, aquí no se puede estar — it's unbearably cold here

    ¡qué bueno está este café! — this coffee's really good!

    ¿está libre el baño? — is the bathroom free?

    ¿qué tal {o} cómo estás? — how are you?

    el récord anterior estaba en 33 segundos — the previous record was {o} stood at 33 seconds

    b) + participio to be
    c) + gerundio to be

    venga, ya nos estamos yendo, que es tarde — come on, it's time to go, it's late

    3) (=existir) to be

    • [dejar] estar, déjalo estar — just leave him be

    4) [indicando el aspecto de algo] to look

    ¡qué elegante estás! — you're looking really smart!

    estás más delgado — you've lost weight, you look slimmer

    ese tío está muy bueno — * that guy's gorgeous *, that guy's a bit of all right *

    5) (=estar listo) to be ready

    ¡ya está! ya sé lo que podemos hacer — that's it! I know what we can do

    ya estoy — I'm done, that's me *

    ¡ya estamos! — [después de hacer algo] that's it!; [dicho con enfado] that's enough!

    ¿estamos? — [al estar listo] ready?; [para pedir conformidad] are we agreed?, right?, OK? *

    ¡ya estuvo! — Méx that's it!

    6) [indicando fecha, distancia, temperatura]

    cuando estemos en verano — when it's summer, in the summer

    7) [en estructuras con preposición]
    estar a

    estamos a 8 de junio — it is 8 June {or} the 8th of June, today is 8 June {o} the 8th of June

    estábamos a 40°C — it was 40°C

    ¿a cuántos estamos? — what's the date?

    ¿a cuánto estamos de Madrid? — how far are we from Madrid?

    las uvas están a 1,60 euros — the grapes are one euro 60 cents

    ¿a cuánto está el kilo de naranjas? — how much are oranges per kilo?

    estar con

    está con la gripe — he's down with flu, he's got the flu

    estuvo con la enfermedad durante dos años — she had {o} suffered from the disease for two years

    • estar con [algn], yo estoy con él — I'm with him

    estar de

    está de jefe temporalmente — he is acting as boss, he is the acting boss

    ¡estoy de nervioso! — I'm so nervous!

    estar en

    el problema está en que... — the problem lies in the fact that...

    yo estoy en que... — (=creer) I believe that...

    estar para

    para eso estamos — [gen] that's why we're here, that's what we're here for; [respondiendo a gracias] don't mention it

    • estar para [hacer] algo — (=a punto de) to be about to do sth, be on the point of doing sth

    • [no] estoy para bromas — I'm not in the mood for joking

    si alguien llama, no estoy para nadie — if anyone calls, I'm not in

    estar por (=en favor de) [+ política] to be in favour {o} (EEUU) favor of; [+ persona] to support hueso 1) estar por ({+ infin})

    la historia de ese hallazgo está por escribir — the story of that discovery is still to be written {o} has yet to be written

    está todavía por hacer — it remains to be done, it is still to be done

    yo estoy por dejarlo — I'm for leaving it, I'm in favour of leaving it

    está por llover — LAm it's going to rain

    estar sin ({+ infin})

    las camas estaban sin hacer — the beds were unmade, the beds hadn't been made

    ¿todavía estás sin peinar? — haven't you brushed your hair yet?

    estar sobre algn/algo

    hay que estar sobre el arroz para que no se pegue — you need to keep a close eye on the rice to make sure it doesn't stick to the pan

    estar sobre sí — to be in control of o.s.

    8) [en oraciones ponderativas]

    • está [que] rabia — * he's hopping mad *, he's furious

    estoy que me caigo de sueño — I'm terribly sleepy, I can't keep my eyes open

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    I 1.
    1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

    qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

    la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

    está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

    todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

    está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

    2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

    están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

    está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

    estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

    estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

    ¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

    están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

    estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

    estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

    2.
    estar vi
    edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

    ¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

    2)
    a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

    ¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

    ¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

    b) ( figurar) to be

    yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

    ¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

    ¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

    4)
    a) (quedarse, permanecer)

    ¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

    b) ( vivir)

    ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

    ¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

    estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

    ¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

    6) (existir, haber)

    y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

    luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

    7) (tener como función, cometido)

    estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

    8) ( radicar)

    estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

    9) (estar listo, terminado)

    que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

    11)

    ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

    12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

    te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

    3.
    estar v aux

    ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)

    4.
    estarse v pron
    1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

    ¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

    2) (enf) ( llegar) to be
    II
    masculino (esp AmL) living room
    * * *
    = be, become, live with.
    Ex. Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.
    Ex. Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
    Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    ----
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * esperanza + estar = hope + lie.
    * estando de acuerdo = approvingly.
    * estando de servicio = while on the job.
    * estando sentado = from a seated position.
    * estar a años de distancia = be years away.
    * estar abierto a = be open to.
    * estar abocado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.
    * estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.
    * estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).
    * estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.
    * estar acabando con = eat away at.
    * estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.
    * estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.
    * estar accesible = be up.
    * estar accesible en línea = go + online.
    * estar accesible en red = go + online.
    * estar acertado = be right on track.
    * estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.
    * estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.
    * estar a dos velas = not have a bean.
    * estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.
    * estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.
    * estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar agradecido = be thankful.
    * estar a la alerta de = be wary of.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la baja = be down.
    * estar al acecho = lie in + wait.
    * estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.
    * estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar a la par de = rank with.
    * estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.
    * estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.
    * estar al completo = overbook.
    * estar al corriente = monitor + developments.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.
    * estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al máximo = overstretch.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar al tanto = monitor + developments.
    * estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar a mano = be on hand, be around.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.
    * estar ansioso por = be eager to.
    * estar ante = be faced with.
    * estar apagado = be off.
    * estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.
    * estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.
    * estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.
    * estar aquí ya = be upon us.
    * estar a resultas de = keep + track of.
    * estar arraigado en = be rooted in.
    * estar arrestado = be under arrest.
    * estar arriba = sit on + top.
    * estar a salvo = be in safe hands.
    * estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.
    * estar atado a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar atareado = be tied up.
    * estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.
    * estar a tope = overstretch.
    * estar atrancado = be stuck.
    * estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.
    * estar aumentando = be on the increase.
    * estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.
    * estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.
    * estar ausente = lack.
    * estar ausente de = be absent (from).
    * estar avanzado = be well under way.
    * estar avergonzado = be ashamed.
    * estar averiado = be out of order.
    * estar aviado = be (in) a mess.
    * estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.
    * estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.
    * estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.
    * estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.
    * estar bien de salud = be in good health.
    * estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.
    * estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.
    * estar callado = keep + quiet.
    * estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar capacitado para = be qualified to.
    * estar casi finalizado = near + completion.
    * estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.
    * estar castigado = be in the doghouse.
    * estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.
    * estar cerca de = be close to.
    * estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * estar clarísimo = be patently clear.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * estar colado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.
    * estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.
    * estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.
    * estar completamente equivocado = be way off.
    * estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar condenado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar conectado = be on.
    * estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar con el tema = be on the topic.
    * estar confinado = be confined.
    * estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.
    * estar congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.
    * estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.
    * estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.
    * estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.
    * estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.
    * estar correcto = be correct.
    * estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.
    * estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.
    * estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.
    * estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.
    * estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.
    * estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.
    * estar de baja = be off work.
    * estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.
    * estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.
    * estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.
    * estar de buen humor = be high.
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.
    * estar de cháchara = chinwag.
    * estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.
    * estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * estar de moda = be in.
    * estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.
    * estar dentro de = fall within/into.
    * estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.
    * estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.
    * estar de palique = chinwag.
    * estar de parloteo = chinwag.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.
    * estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.
    * estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar desbordante de = spill over with.
    * estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.
    * estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.
    * estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar desocupado = stand + idle.
    * estar desordenado = be out of order.
    * estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar destinado a = be intended for/to.
    * estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.
    * estar de suerte = be in luck.
    * estar detenido = be under arrest.
    * estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.
    * estar de vuelta = be back.
    * estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.
    * estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.
    * estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.
    * estar disperso = lie + scattered.
    * estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.
    * estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.
    * estar dispuesto = be game.
    * estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.
    * estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * estar ducho en = be adept at.
    * estar dudoso = be doubtful.
    * estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar emocionado = be thrilled.
    * estar empachado = have + indigestion.
    * estar empeorando = be in decline.
    * estar en = be in the course of.
    * estar en alza = be up.
    * estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.
    * estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.
    * estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en auge = go + strong.
    * estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar encaminado a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar encantado = be thrilled.
    * estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.
    * estar encendido = be on.
    * estar enchufado = be on.
    * estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.
    * estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).
    * estar en contra de = be against.
    * estar en debate = be under discussion.
    * estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.
    * estar en declive = be in decline.
    * estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.
    * estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.
    * estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.
    * estar en desigualdad = be under par.
    * estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.
    * estar en deuda = be in debt.
    * estar en deuda con = be beholden to.
    * estar endeudado = be in debt.
    * estar en dificultades = be in trouble.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.
    * estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.
    * estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.
    * estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en funcionamiento = be up.
    * estar en función de = be a function of.
    * estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.
    * estar en guerra con = be at war with.
    * estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.
    * estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * estar en juego = be at stake.
    * estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.
    * estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.
    * estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.
    * estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.
    * estar en marcha = tick over.
    * estar en mayoría = be in the majority.
    * estar en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * estar en minoría = be in the minority.
    * estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.
    * estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.
    * estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).
    * estar en posición de = be in a position to.
    * estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.
    * estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en retirada = be in retreat.
    * estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar en sintonía con = attune to.
    * estar en situación de = be in a position to.
    * estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar en trance de = be in the process of.
    * estar entre = fall between.
    * estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.
    * estar entre los primeros = stay on top.
    * estar entre rejas = be behind bars.
    * estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.
    * estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.
    * estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.
    * estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar en venta = be up for sale.
    * estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.
    * estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.
    * estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar equivoado = miss + the point.
    * estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * estar erróneo = be in error.
    * estar esparcido = lie + scattered.
    * estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.
    * estar estropeado = be kaput.
    * estar estropeándose = be on the way out.
    * estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.
    * estar falto de = be short of.
    * estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.
    * estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.
    * estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.
    * estar frenético = be furious.
    * estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.
    * estar fuera = be out.
    * estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.
    * estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.
    * estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.
    * estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.
    * estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar funcionando = be in place.
    * estar furioso = fume.
    * estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * estar hambriento = starve.
    * estar harto = have had enough.
    * estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.
    * estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.
    * estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.
    * estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar helado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar implícito en = run through.
    * estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.
    * estar incluido = be embedded.
    * estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).
    * estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....
    * estar inerte = lie + fallow.
    * estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.
    * estar inmune a = be immune against.
    * estar inquieto = be disturbed.
    * estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.
    * estar inundado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar juntos = be together, stand + together.
    * estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.
    * estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.
    * estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.
    * estar levantado = be up.
    * estar libre de = be free from.
    * estar ligado a = be bound up with.
    * estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.
    * estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.
    * estar localizable = be locatable.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.
    * estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.
    * estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar mal visto = frown on/upon.
    * estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.
    * estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.
    * estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.
    * estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.
    * estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.
    * estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.
    * estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.
    * estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.
    * estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.
    * estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.
    * estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.
    * estar muy bajo = be way down.
    * estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.
    * estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.
    * estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.
    * estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.
    * estar muy lejano = be far off.
    * estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.
    * estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.
    * estar muy separado = set + far apart.
    * estar muy usado = be well thumbed.
    * estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * estar oculto = lie + hidden.
    * estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.
    * estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.
    * estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).
    * estar orientado a/para = be geared to.
    * estar orientado hacia = target.
    * estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.
    * estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.
    * estar permitido = be permissible.
    * estar plagado de = be rife with.
    * estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.
    * estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.
    * estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.
    * estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.
    * estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * estar por demostrar = be unproven.
    * estar por detrás = be behind.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * estar por las nubes = be through the roof.
    * estar por ver = be an open question.
    * estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.
    * estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).
    * estar predestinado a = be predestined to.
    * estar predispuesto = feel + partial.
    * estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).
    * estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.
    * estar preocupado por = be anxious to.
    * estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.
    * estar presionado = be under the gun.
    * estar propuesto a = be intent on.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.
    * estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.
    * estar rebosante de = spill over with.
    * estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.
    * estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * estar resfriado = have + a cold.
    * estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * estar restringido = be constrained.
    * estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.
    * estar salpicado de = be dotted with.
    * estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.
    * estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).
    * estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.
    * estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.
    * estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.
    * estar seguro de que = be confident that.
    * estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.
    * estar separado = set + apart.
    * estar separado de = be remote from.
    * estar sesgado = bias, slant.
    * estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.
    * estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.
    * estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.
    * estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.
    * estar sin blanca = not have a bean.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.
    * estar sin una pela = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean.
    * * *
    I 1.
    1) ( seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1] to be

    qué gordo está! — isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat!

    la sopa está deliciosa/muy caliente — the soup is delicious/very hot

    está muy simpático conmigo — he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently)

    todo está tan caro! — things are o have become so expensive!

    está cansada/furiosa/embarazada — she is tired/furious/pregnant

    2) (con bien, mal, mejor, peor)

    están todos bien, gracias — they're all fine, thanks

    está mal que no se lo perdones — it's wrong of you not to forgive him; ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor

    estar sentado/echado/arrodillado — to be sitting/lying/kneeling (down)

    estaban abrazados — they had their arms around each other; ver tb verbo auxiliar 2

    ¿a cómo está la uva? — how much are the grapes?

    están de limpieza/viaje — they're spring-cleaning/on a trip

    estar con alguien — ( estar de acuerdo) to agree with somebody; ( apoyar) to support somebody, be on somebody's side

    estar en algo: no lo hemos solucionado pero estamos en ello or eso — we haven't solved it but we're working on it

    2.
    estar vi
    edificio/pueblo ( estar ubicado) to be

    ¿dónde está Chiapas? — where's Chiapas?

    2)
    a) persona/objeto ( hallarse en cierto momento) to be

    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? — do you know where Pedro is?

    ¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? — what time do you have to be there?

    ¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? — where did we get to in the last class?

    b) ( figurar) to be

    yo no estaba en la lista — I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list

    ¿está Rodrigo? — is Rodrigo in?

    ¿estamos todos? — are we all here?

    4)
    a) (quedarse, permanecer)

    ¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? — how long are you going to be in London (for)?

    b) ( vivir)

    ahora estamos en Soca — we're in o we live in Soca now

    ¿a qué (día) estamos? — what day is it today?

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? — what's the date today?

    estamos a 28 de mayo — it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May

    ¿en qué mes estamos? — what month are we in o is it?

    6) (existir, haber)

    y después está el problema de... — and then there's the problem of...

    luego están los niños, hay que pensar en ellos — then there are the children to think about

    7) (tener como función, cometido)

    estar para algo: para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for; estamos para ayudarlos — we're here to help them

    8) ( radicar)

    estar en algo: en eso está el problema that's where the problem lies; todo está en que él quiera — it all depends on whether he wants to or not

    9) (estar listo, terminado)

    que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? — don't let it happen again, understand? o (colloq) got it?

    11)

    ya que estamos/estás — while we're/you're at it

    12) (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl)

    te está grande/pequeña — it's too big/too small for you

    3.
    estar v aux

    ya está hecho un hombrecito — he's a proper young man now; ver tb estar cópula 4)

    4.
    estarse v pron
    1) (enf) ( permanecer) to stay

    ¿no te puedes estar quieto? — can't you stay o keep still?

    2) (enf) ( llegar) to be
    II
    masculino (esp AmL) living room
    * * *
    = be, become, live with.

    Ex: Systems such as Dialog, IRS, ORBIT and BLAISE may be accessed by libraries and information units.

    Ex: Some degree of ignorance of this kind is not unusual since the usual objective in consulting an information source is to become better informed.
    Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.
    * creer que estar bien = feel + right.
    * creer que estar mal = feel + wrong.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * el diablo está en los detalles = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * el futuro + estar + justo a la vuelta de la esquina = the future + be + just around the corner.
    * esperanza + estar = hope + lie.
    * estando de acuerdo = approvingly.
    * estando de servicio = while on the job.
    * estando sentado = from a seated position.
    * estar a años de distancia = be years away.
    * estar abierto a = be open to.
    * estar abocado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar absorto en = be wrapped up in.
    * estar aburridísimo = be bored stiff, be bored to death, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar aburrido como una ostra = be bored stiff.
    * estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between, straddle (between).
    * estar a caballo entre... y... = lie + midway between... and..., tread + a fine line between... and, tread + the thin line between... and, tread + a delicate line between... and.
    * estar acabando con = eat away at.
    * estar acabándose = be on the way out, be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a + Cantidad + de distancia = Cantidad + distant from.
    * estar a cargo de = man, be the responsibility of.
    * estar accesible = be up.
    * estar accesible en línea = go + online.
    * estar accesible en red = go + online.
    * estar acertado = be right on track.
    * estar acostumbrado a = be familiar with, be no stranger to, be used to.
    * estar acostumbrado a + Infinitivo = be accustomed to + Gerundio.
    * estar a dos velas = not have a bean.
    * estar a + Expresión Numérica + de distancia = be + Número + away.
    * estar a favor de = be for, be in favour (of), come down in + favour of.
    * estar a favor de una idea = favour + idea.
    * estar a favor o en contra = be for or against.
    * estar agobiado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar agradecido = be thankful.
    * estar a la alerta de = be wary of.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), be up to snuff.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la baja = be down.
    * estar al acecho = lie in + wait.
    * estar a la entera disposición de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + feet.
    * estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar a la orden del día = be the order of the day.
    * estar a la par de = rank with.
    * estar a la vuelta de la esquina = be just around the corner.
    * estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.
    * estar al completo = overbook.
    * estar al corriente = monitor + developments.
    * estar al día = monitor + developments, stay on top of + the game, stay on top of, stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar alejado + Expresión Numérica = be + Número + away.
    * estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar al loro de = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al máximo = overstretch.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar al tanto = monitor + developments.
    * estar al tanto de = be on the lookout for, keep + track of, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar al tanto de las cosas = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar a mano = be on hand, be around.
    * estar a medio camino entre... y... = lie + midway between... and....
    * estar a merced de = be at the mercy of.
    * estar ansioso por = be eager to.
    * estar ante = be faced with.
    * estar apagado = be off.
    * estar a punto de = be poised to, be about to, be on the point of, stand + poised, come + very close to.
    * estar a punto de cascarlas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.
    * estar a punto de + Infinitivo = be about + Infinitivo.
    * estar aquí ya = be upon us.
    * estar a resultas de = keep + track of.
    * estar arraigado en = be rooted in.
    * estar arrestado = be under arrest.
    * estar arriba = sit on + top.
    * estar a salvo = be in safe hands.
    * estar asociado a = be associated with, be bound up with.
    * estar atado a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar atareado = be tied up.
    * estar atento a = be on the lookout for, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar aterrorizado = be petrified of, be frightened to death, be scared stiff, be terrified.
    * estar a tope = overstretch.
    * estar atrancado = be stuck.
    * estar atrasado en el pago = be in arrears.
    * estar aumentando = be on the increase.
    * estár aún más alejados = be one step further removed.
    * estar aún por llegar = be yet to come.
    * estar ausente = lack.
    * estar ausente de = be absent (from).
    * estar avanzado = be well under way.
    * estar avergonzado = be ashamed.
    * estar averiado = be out of order.
    * estar aviado = be (in) a mess.
    * estar bajo arresto = be under arrest.
    * estar bajo la tutela de = fall under + the auspices of.
    * estar bastante acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar bastante alejado = be a distance apart.
    * estar bien = be okay, be in good shape, be in good health.
    * estar bien de salud = be in good health.
    * estar bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * estar bien pensado = be carefully thought out.
    * estar borracho = be drunk, see + double.
    * estar callado = keep + quiet.
    * estar cansado de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar capacitado para = be qualified to.
    * estar casi finalizado = near + completion.
    * estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.
    * estar castigado = be in the doghouse.
    * estar cerca = be at hand, be on hand, be around.
    * estar cerca de = be close to.
    * estar chalado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar chiflado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar chupado = be a cinch, be a doddle, be a breeze, be a snap, be a picnic, be duck soup.
    * estar clarísimo = be patently clear.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * estar colado por = have + a crush on.
    * estar como una cabra = be a real nutter.
    * estar completamente borracho = be drunk and incapable.
    * estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.
    * estar completamente equivocado = be way off.
    * estar comprometido a = hold + hostage to.
    * estar comprometido a + Infinitivo = be committed to + Gerundio.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar condenado a ser = be doomed.
    * estar conectado = be on.
    * estar con el alma en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar con el tema = be on the topic.
    * estar confinado = be confined.
    * estar confuso = blur, be at sixes and sevens with, be at a nonplus, be all at sea.
    * estar congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar con la espalda contra la pared = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar contentísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar contraindicado = be contraindicated.
    * estar contra las cuertas = be against the ropes.
    * estar convencido = there + be + strong feeling.
    * estar convencido de la idea de que = be committed to the idea that.
    * estar convirtiéndose rápidamente = be fast becoming.
    * estar correcto = be correct.
    * estar correlacionado con = be correlated with.
    * estar de acorde con = be commensurate with.
    * estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.
    * estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, see + eye to eye (with/on), jive with.
    * estar de acuerdo (con/en) = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * estar de acuerdo con una idea = subscribe to + idea.
    * estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.
    * estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.
    * estar de baja = be off work.
    * estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.
    * estar debatiéndose = be under discussion.
    * estar de brazos cruzados = stand + idle, sit + idle.
    * estar de buen humor = be high.
    * estar de camino a = be on the road to.
    * estar de capa caída = be in the doldrums.
    * estar de cháchara = chinwag.
    * estar decidido a = be determined to, be of a mind to, be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar decidido a continuar = be set to continue.
    * estar decidido a + Infinitivo = be set to + Infinitivo.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * estar de moda = be in.
    * estar densamente poblado de = be dense with.
    * estar dentro de = fall within/into.
    * estar dentro de la competencia = be the province of.
    * estar dentro de las posibilidades de uno = lie within + Posesivo + power.
    * estar de palique = chinwag.
    * estar de parloteo = chinwag.
    * estar de pie = stand.
    * estar de pie por encima de = stand over.
    * estar desacertado = miss + the mark, miss + the point.
    * estar desacreditado = hold in + disrepute.
    * estar desapareciendo = be on the way out.
    * estar desasosegado = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar desbordado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar desbordante de = spill over with.
    * estar descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar descontento con = express + dissatisfaction with.
    * estar deseoso de = be anxious to, be more than ready for.
    * estar desesperado = Posesivo + back + be + against the wall.
    * estar desocupado = stand + idle.
    * estar desordenado = be out of order.
    * estar desquiciado = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar destinado a = be intended for/to.
    * estar destrozado = be + wreck, be a shambles.
    * estar de suerte = be in luck.
    * estar detenido = be under arrest.
    * estar de vacaciones = be on vacation, be off on vacation.
    * estar de vuelta = be back.
    * estar de vuelta dentro de = be back in + Expresión Temporal.
    * estar directamente relacionado con = be directly correlated to.
    * estar disgustado por = feel deeply about.
    * estar disperso = lie + scattered.
    * estar disponible = be available, be forthcoming, be at hand.
    * estar dispuestísimo a = be more than willing to.
    * estar dispuesto = be game.
    * estar dispuesto a = be keen to, be prepared to, be willing to, be of a mind to, be willing and able to, be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar dispuesto y deseoso a = be willing and able to.
    * estar dominado por Alguien = be under + Posesivo + thumb.
    * estar ducho en = be adept at.
    * estar dudoso = be doubtful.
    * estar embarazada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar emocionado = be thrilled.
    * estar empachado = have + indigestion.
    * estar empeorando = be in decline.
    * estar en = be in the course of.
    * estar en alza = be up.
    * estar enamorado de = carry + a torch for + Nombre, have + a crush on.
    * estar en apuros = be in trouble, be in a fix.
    * estar en ascuas = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en auge = go + strong.
    * estar en Babia = be in cloud cuckoo land, live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en barbecho = lie + fallow.
    * estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.
    * estar encaminado a = be on the road to.
    * estar en camino de = be on the way to.
    * estar encantadísimo = thrill + Nombre + to bits, be chuffed to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar encantado = be thrilled.
    * estar encantado de Hacer Algo = be more than happy to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * estar en celo = be on heat, be in heat.
    * estar encendido = be on.
    * estar enchufado = be on.
    * estar encinta = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en consonancia con = be consonant with, attune to, align + Reflexivo + with.
    * estar en contacto (con) = stay in + touch (with), be in touch (with).
    * estar en contra de = be against.
    * estar en debate = be under discussion.
    * estar en decadencia = be in decline, be in retreat.
    * estar en declive = be in decline.
    * estar en desacuerdo = be at variance, disagree, quarrel with, beg to differ, be at sixes and sevens with each other.
    * estar en desacuerdo con = be at odds with, be at loggerheads with.
    * estar en desacuerdo sobre = be at odds over.
    * estar en desigualdad = be under par.
    * estar en desventaja = be disadvantaged, be at a disadvantage.
    * estar en deuda = be in debt.
    * estar en deuda con = be beholden to.
    * estar endeudado = be in debt.
    * estar en dificultades = be in trouble.
    * estar en duda = be in question.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el séptimo cielo = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en el sitio justo en el momento preciso = be on the spot.
    * estar enemistados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en estado = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de buena esperanza = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar enfermo de amor = be lovesick.
    * estar en flor = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en floración = be in bloom, be in flower.
    * estar en forma = be in shape, be in good shape.
    * estar enfrascado en Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar enfrentados = be at loggerheads.
    * estar en funcionamiento = be up.
    * estar en función de = be a function of.
    * estar en guardia = be on guard (against), be on + Posesivo + guard.
    * estar en guerra con = be at war with.
    * estar en igualdad de condiciones con = be on (an) equal footing with.
    * estar en inferioridad de condiciones = punch above + Posesivo + weight.
    * estar en juego = be at stake.
    * estar en la gloria = be on cloud nine, float on + air.
    * estar en la inopia = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * estar en la mejor posición para = be best positioned to.
    * estar en la misma categoria que = rank with.
    * estar en la onda = attune to + wavelength.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar en las últimas = be on + Posesivo + last legs.
    * estar en lo cierto = hit + the truth.
    * estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.
    * estar en marcha = tick over.
    * estar en mayoría = be in the majority.
    * estar en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * estar en minoría = be in the minority.
    * estar en misa y repicando = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar enojado = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle.
    * estar en paz = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * estar en peligro = be in jeopardy, be in question, be endangered, be at risk, be at stake.
    * estar en peligro (de) = be in danger (of).
    * estar en posición de = be in a position to.
    * estar en proceso de = be on the way to, be in the process of, be in the course of.
    * estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.
    * estar en proceso de + Infinitivo = be on to + Infinitivo.
    * estar en retirada = be in retreat.
    * estar en ruinas = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar en sintonía con = attune to.
    * estar en situación de = be in a position to.
    * estar en suspense = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en tensión = sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar en trance de = be in the process of.
    * estar entre = fall between.
    * estar entre la espada y la pared = be on the horns of a dilemma.
    * estar entre los primeros = stay on top.
    * estar entre rejas = be behind bars.
    * estar entusiasmado = be thrilled.
    * estar en un aprieto = be in a fix.
    * estar en una situación diferente = be on a different track.
    * estar en un berenjenal = be (in) a mess.
    * estar en un mar de dudas = feel at + sea, be all at sea.
    * estar en un momento clave = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un momento decisivo = be at a watershed.
    * estar en un sinvivir = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold.
    * estar en venta = be up for sale.
    * estar en vías de = be on the road to, be in the process of.
    * estar en vías de conseguir = be on the road to.
    * estar en vilo = put + Posesivo + life on hold, Posesivo + life + be + on hold, sit on + the edge of + Posesivo + seat.
    * estar equivoado = miss + the point.
    * estar equivocado = be mistaken, be wide of the mark, be wrong, be in error, miss + the mark, be in the wrong.
    * estar equivocado en + Número + cosas = be wrong on + Número + count(s).
    * estar erróneo = be in error.
    * estar esparcido = lie + scattered.
    * estar estrechamente ligado a = be closely tied to.
    * estar estropeado = be kaput.
    * estar estropeándose = be on the way out.
    * estar exento de pagar impuestos = write off.
    * estar falto de = be short of.
    * estar falto de práctica = get + rusty.
    * estar familiarizado con = have + familiarity with.
    * estar firmemente convencido = strongly held opinion.
    * estar frenético = be furious.
    * estar frito de sed = be parched, spit + feathers, be parched with thirst.
    * estar fuera = be out.
    * estar fuera con los amigos = be out with the guys.
    * estar fuera de contienda = be out of contention.
    * estar fuera del alcance = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera de las posibilidades de Alguien = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * estar fuera del interés = lie outside + the scope of.
    * estar fuera del interés de uno = lie beyond + concern.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * estar fuera de quicio = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar fuera de rumbo = be off course.
    * estar fuera de secuencia = be out of order.
    * estar fuera de sí = be beside + Reflexivo.
    * estar funcionando = be in place.
    * estar furioso = fume.
    * estar + Gerundio = be on the way to.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * estar hambriento = starve.
    * estar harto = have had enough.
    * estar harto de = be all too familiar with, be sick and tired of.
    * estar hasta la coronilla de = be sick and tired of.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = look like + a wreck, be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * estar hecho un flan = shake like + a leaf, tremble like + a leaf.
    * estar hecho un lío = be at sixes and sevens with.
    * estar hecho un perla = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un pinta = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar hecho un prenda = be a bit of a lad.
    * estar helado = be frozen stiff.
    * estar implícito en = run through.
    * estar inactivo = lie + fallow, lie + dormant.
    * estar incluido = be embedded.
    * estar indeciso = be hesitant (to).
    * estar indeciso entre... o... = be torn between... and....
    * estar inerte = lie + fallow.
    * estar informado puntualmente sobre = monitor + information on.
    * estar inmune a = be immune against.
    * estar inquieto = be disturbed.
    * estar interesado en = be interested in, be keen to.
    * estar inundado de = be snowed under with.
    * estar junto a = stand by + Lugar.
    * estar juntos = be together, stand + together.
    * estar justo en medio de = stand + squarely in.
    * estar la mar de contento = be over the moon.
    * estar lejos de (ser) + Infinitivo = be far from + Gerundio.
    * estar levantado = be up.
    * estar libre de = be free from.
    * estar ligado a = be bound up with.
    * estar listo = stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar listo para = be poised to, stand + poised, be all set to.
    * estar lleno de problemas = bristle with + problems.
    * estar localizable = be locatable.
    * estar loco = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar loco de alegría = be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits, be tickled pink.
    * estar loco de contento = be beside + Reflexivo + with joy, be over the moon, be over the moon.
    * estar loco de remate = be a real nutter.
    * estar loco por = have + a crush on.
    * estar majareta = be off + Posesivo + rocker.
    * estar mal = be wrong, feel under + the weather, be under the weather.
    * estar mal comunicado con = have + poor connections with.
    * estar mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * estar mal visto = frown on/upon.
    * estar manga por hombro = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar marcado por = be pockmarked with.
    * estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.
    * estar mejor = be better off, be better served by.
    * estar metido en todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * estar molesto = be displeased, get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, put off.
    * estar motivado = be motivated, have + motivation.
    * estar moviéndose en terreno seguro = be on secure ground.
    * estar muerto de asco = be bored to death, be bored stiff, be bored to tears, be bored out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * estar muerto de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * estar muerto de hambre = be starving to death.
    * estar muerto de miedo = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified.
    * estar muerto de sed = spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.
    * estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.
    * estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.
    * estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.
    * estar muy bajo = be way down.
    * estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.
    * estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.
    * estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.
    * estar muy esparcido = spread + Nombre + thinly.
    * estar muy lejano = be far off.
    * estar muy lejos = be far off, be a long way off.
    * estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.
    * estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.
    * estar muy puesto = stay on top of + the game, stay on top.
    * estar muy separado = set + far apart.
    * estar muy usado = be well thumbed.
    * estar nervioso = be in a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * estar oculto = lie + hidden.
    * estar ocupado = busyness, be engaged, be tied up.
    * estar ordenado en forma circular = be on a wheel.
    * estar orgulloso de = be proud (of/to).
    * estar orientado a/para = be geared to.
    * estar orientado hacia = target.
    * estar orientado hacia + Nombre = be + Nombre + driven.
    * estar patas arriba = be a shambles, be (in) a mess.
    * estar pendiente de = be on the lookout for, pay + attention to, keep + an eye on, keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned.
    * estar pendiente de todo = stay on + top of things, keep on + top of things, be on top of things.
    * estar perdido = be out of + Posesivo + league, be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head, be all at sea.
    * estar permitido = be permissible.
    * estar plagado de = be rife with.
    * estar plenamente convencido de Algo = feel (it) in + Posesivo + bones.
    * estar pluriempleado = moonlight, work + a second job.
    * estar pluriempleado, tener un segundo trabajo, tener un segundo empleo = work + a second job.
    * estar poco dispuesto = be reluctant.
    * estar poco representado = underrepresent [under-represent].
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * estar por demostrar = be unproven.
    * estar por detrás = be behind.
    * estar por encima de = overlay, overlie.
    * estar por las nubes = be through the roof.
    * estar por ver = be an open question.
    * estar poseído por los espíritus = haunt.
    * estar precavido = be on + Posesivo + guard, be on guard (against).
    * estar predestinado a = be predestined to.
    * estar predispuesto = feel + partial.
    * estar predispuesto a = be predisposed to/toward(s).
    * estar preñada = be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * estar preocupadísimo = be worried stiff (about), be worried sick.
    * estar preocupado por = be anxious to.
    * estar preparado = be readied, stand + ready, be ready.
    * estar preparado para = be geared up for/to, stand + poised.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a = be willing and able to.
    * estar preparado y dispuesto a todo = be ready, willing and able.
    * estar presente = be manifest, be present, be in evidence.
    * estar presionado = be under the gun.
    * estar propuesto a = be intent on.
    * estar próximo = be at hand.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * estar que + subirse + por las paredes = tear + Posesivo + hair out.
    * estar realizándose = underway [under way], be in progress, be in hand.
    * estar rebosante de = spill over with.
    * estar rebosante de salud = fit as a fiddle.
    * estar relacionado con = be associated with, regard.
    * estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.
    * estar resentido = carry + a chip on + Posesivo + shoulder.
    * estar resfriado = have + a cold.
    * estar respaldado por Alguien = have + Nombre + behind + Pronombre.
    * estar restringido = be constrained.
    * estar resuelto a = be intent on, be all set to.
    * estar saliendo con alguien = be in a dating relationship.
    * estar salpicado de = be dotted with.
    * estar sano y salvo = be alive and well.
    * estar satisfecho (de) = be satisfied (with).
    * estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.
    * estar sediento = be thirsty, spit + feathers, be parched, be parched with thirst.
    * estar seguro = be sure, make + sure, set + your watch by.
    * estar seguro de = be certain (of), be confident about, feel + confident.
    * estar seguro de que = be confident that.
    * estar sentado sin hacer o decir nada = sit by.
    * estar separado = set + apart.
    * estar separado de = be remote from.
    * estar sesgado = bias, slant.
    * estar siempre + Adjetivo = be ever + Adjetivo.
    * estar siempre buscando = be on the lookout for.
    * estar siempre dispuesto a ayudar = be always willing to assist.
    * estar siendo + Participio = be in process of + Nombre.
    * estar sin blanca = not have a bean.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.
    * estar sin una pela = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un centavo = not have a bean.
    * estar sin un céntimo = not have a bean

    * * *
    estar1 [ A27 ]
    ■ estar (cópula)
    A seguido de adjetivos
    B estar bien, mal, mejor, peor
    C hablando de estado civil
    D seguido de participios
    E con preposición + predicado
    F con que + predicado
    ■ estar (verbo intransitivo)
    A quedar ubicado
    B
    1 hallarse en cierto momento
    2 figurar
    C
    1 hallarse en determinado lugar
    2 acudir
    D
    1 quedarse, permanecer
    2 vivir
    Sentido II en el tiempo
    A existir, haber
    B tener como función etc
    C radicar
    D estar listo, terminado
    E quedar entendido
    F quedar grande, pequeño etc
    G Derecho
    ■ estar (verbo auxiliar)
    A con gerundio
    B con participio
    ■ estarse (verbo pronominal)
    A permanecer
    B acudir
    A (seguido de adjetivos) [ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser1 (↑ ser (1)) . Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser1 (↑ ser (1)) ] to be
    ¡qué gordo está! isn't he fat!, hasn't he got(ten) fat! o put on a lot of weight!
    ¡qué alto está Ignacio! isn't Ignacio tall now!, hasn't Ignacio got(ten) tall o grown!
    ¡pobre abuelo! está viejo poor grandpa! he's really aged
    el rape está delicioso ¿qué le has puesto? the monkfish is delicious, how did you cook it?
    está muy simpático con nosotros ¿qué querrá? he's being o he's been so nice to us (recently), what do you think he's after?
    no estuvo grosero contigo — sí, lo estuvo he wasn't rude to you — yes, he was
    estás muy callado ¿qué te pasa? you're very quiet, what's the matter?
    ¡pero tú estás casi calvo! but you're almost bald, but you've gone almost bald o you've lost almost all your hair!
    ¿no me oyes? ¿estás sorda? can't you hear me? are you deaf?
    ¿está muerto/vivo? is he dead/alive?
    está cansada/furiosa/embarazada she is tired/furious/pregnant
    ¿cómo están por tu casa? — están todos bien, gracias how's everybody at home? — they're all fine, thanks
    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him
    está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine
    sus padres están divorciados her parents are divorced
    D
    (seguido de participios): estaba sentado/echado en la cama he was sitting/lying on the bed
    está colgado de una rama it's hanging from a branch
    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other
    estaba arrodillada she was kneeling (down)
    ver tb estar1 v aux B.
    estoy a régimen I'm on a diet
    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?
    estamos como al principio we're back to where we started
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles
    estoy con muchas ganas de empezar I'm really looking forward to starting
    siempre está con lo mismo/con que es un incomprendido he's always going on about the same thing/about how nobody understands him
    estaba de luto/de uniforme he was in mourning/uniform
    hoy está de mejor humor she's in a better mood today
    están de limpieza/viaje they're spring-cleaning/on a trip
    estoy de cocinera hasta que vuelva mi madre I'm doing the cooking until my mother comes back
    estuvo de secretaria en una empresa internacional she worked as a secretary in an international company
    estás en un error you're mistaken
    no estoy para fiestas/bromas I'm not in the mood for parties/joking
    estamos sin electricidad we don't have any electricity at the moment, the electricity is off at the moment
    éste está sin pintar this one hasn't been painted yet
    estar con algn (estar de acuerdo) to agree with sb; (apoyar) to support sb, be on sb's side
    yo estoy contigo, creo que ella está equivocada I agree with you o ( colloq) I'm with you, I think she's mistaken
    nuestro partido está con el pueblo our party supports o is on the side of the people
    el pueblo está con nosotros the people are with us
    estar en algo: todavía no hemos solucionado el problema, pero estamos en ello or eso we still haven't solved the problem, but we're working on it
    estar por algn ( Esp fam); to be sweet o keen on sb ( colloq)
    está que no hay quien lo aguante he's (being) unbearable
    el agua está que pela the water's scalding hot
    vi
    A «edificio/pueblo» (quedar, estar ubicado) ; to be
    la agencia está en el centro the agency is in the center
    ¿dónde está Camagüey? where's Camagüey?
    el pueblo está a 20 kilómetros de aquí the town's 20 kilometers from here
    B
    1 «persona/objeto» (hallarse en cierto momento) to be
    ¿a qué hora tienes que estar allí? what time do you have to be there?
    estando allí conoció a Micaela he met Micaela while he was there
    ¿dónde estábamos la clase pasada? where did we get to o had we got(ten) to in the last class?
    2 (figurar) to be
    esa palabra no está en el diccionario that word isn't in the dictionary
    yo no estaba en la lista I wasn't on the list, my name didn't appear on the list
    C
    1
    (hallarse en determinado lugar): fui a verla pero no estaba I went to see her but she wasn't there
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?
    ¿estamos todos? are we all here?, is everyone here?
    2
    (Col, RPl) (acudir): el médico había estado a verla the doctor had been to see her
    D
    1
    (quedarse, permanecer): sólo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days, I'll only be here/there a few days
    ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste en Londres? how long were you in London?
    2
    (vivir): ya no vivimos allí, ahora estamos en Soca we don't live there anymore, we're in o we live in Soca now
    de momento estoy con mi hermana at the moment I'm staying with my sister
    (en el tiempo): ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?
    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today o today's date?, what date is it today?
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th ( AmE) o ( BrE) the 28th of May
    estamos a mediados de mes we're halfway through the month
    estamos en primavera it's spring, spring has come
    ¿en qué mes estamos? what month are we in o is it?
    ellos están en primavera ahora it's spring for them now, it's their spring now
    A
    (existir, haber): y después está el problema de la financiación and then there's the problem of finance
    B (tener como función, cometido) estar PARA algo:
    para eso estamos that's what we're here for
    para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for
    ya que estamos/estás while we're/you're at it o ( BrE) about it
    C
    (radicar): ahí está el quid del asunto that's the crux of the matter
    estar EN algo:
    la dificultad está en hacerlo sin mirar the difficult thing is to do it o the difficulty lies in doing it without looking
    todo está en que él quiera ayudarnos it all depends on whether he wants to help us or not
    D
    (estar listo, terminado): la carne todavía no está the meat's not ready yet
    lo atas con un nudo aquí y ya está you tie a knot in it here and that's it o there you are
    enseguida estoy I'll be with you in a minute o in a second, I'll be right with you
    ¡ya está! ¡ya sé lo que podemos hacer! I've got it! I know what we can do!
    ¡ahí está! that's it!
    E
    (quedar entendido): quiero que estés de vuelta a las diez ¿estamos? or (Ur) ¿está? I want you to be back by ten, all right?
    que no vuelva a suceder ¿estamos? don't let it happen again, understand? o is that understood? o ( colloq) got it?
    F
    ( Esp) (quedar) (+ me/te/le etc), (+ compl): esa falda te está grande/pequeña that skirt's too big/too small for you
    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    G ( frml) ( Derecho) estar A algo:
    se estará a lo estipulado en la cláusula 20 the stipulations of clause 20 will apply
    ■
    A
    (con gerundio): está lloviendo it's raining
    no hagas ruido, están durmiendo don't make any noise, they're asleep
    se está afeitando/duchando or está afeitándose/duchándose he's shaving/taking a shower
    estuve un rato hablando con él I was talking o I talked to him for a while
    ¿qué estará pensando? I wonder what she's thinking
    ya estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    ya te estás quitando de ahí, que ése es mi lugar ( fam); OK, out of there/off there, that's my place ( colloq)
    B
    (con participio): ¿esta ropa está planchada? have these clothes been ironed?, are these clothes ironed?
    la foto estaba tomada desde muy lejos the photo had been taken from a long way away o from a great distance
    ese asiento está ocupado that seat is taken
    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now
    está hecha una vaga she's got(ten) o become lazy
    A ( enf) (permanecer) to stay
    se estuvo horas ahí sentado sin moverse he remained sitting there for hours without moving, he sat there for hours without moving
    ¿no te puedes estar quieto un momento? can't you stay o keep still for a minute?
    estése tranquilo don't worry
    B ( enf) ( RPl) (acudir) to be
    estáte allí media hora antes be there o arrive half an hour before
    living room
    * * *

     

    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    ◊ Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    ◊ bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ◊ ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo estaré unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo estarás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ◊ ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    estar v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ◊ ¿no te puedes estar quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.

    ' estar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abismo
    - acatarrada
    - acatarrado
    - acecho
    - acomplejada
    - acomplejado
    - acostada
    - acostado
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    - activa
    - activo
    - afónica
    - afónico
    - agradecer
    - agua
    - aire
    - ajo
    - ala
    - alero
    - alerta
    - amiga
    - amigo
    - andar
    - antena
    - apañada
    - apañado
    - apogeo
    - ascua
    - atar
    - aviar
    - azotea
    - Babia
    - baja
    - bandera
    - banquillo
    - barco
    - blanca
    - bordear
    - borracha
    - borracho
    - bote
    - braga
    - brecha
    - brete
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cabal
    - cabeza
    - cabo
    English:
    about
    - accustom
    - action
    - agree
    - agreement
    - ahead
    - air
    - alert
    - alive
    - alone
    - aloof
    - amenable
    - amiss
    - antsy
    - anxious
    - approve
    - associate
    - attend
    - away
    - back
    - ball
    - barbecue
    - be
    - bean
    - beck
    - beg
    - behind
    - believe in
    - beside
    - best
    - board
    - boil
    - book
    - boom
    - bored
    - brain
    - breath
    - bristle with
    - broke
    - brown
    - bulge
    - burn
    - by
    - cake
    - call
    - change
    - charge
    - cheese off
    - clash
    - close
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [hallarse] to be;
    ¿dónde está la llave? where is the key?;
    ¿está María? – no, no está is Maria there? – no, she's not here
    2. [con fechas]
    ¿a qué estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    hoy estamos a martes/a 15 de julio today is Tuesday/15 July;
    estábamos en octubre it was October;
    estamos en invierno it's winter
    3. [quedarse] to stay, to be;
    estaré un par de horas y me iré I'll stay a couple of hours and then I'll go;
    ¿cuánto tiempo piensas estar? how long do you plan on staying?;
    estuvimos una semana en su casa we stayed with her for a week, we spent a week at her place
    4. (antes de “a”) [expresa valores, grados]
    estamos a 20 grados it's 20 degrees here;
    el dólar está a 10 pesos the dollar is at 10 pesos;
    están a dos euros el kilo they're two euros a kilo
    5. [hallarse listo] to be ready;
    ¿aún no está ese trabajo? is that piece of work still not ready?;
    ¿ya estás? pues, vámonos are you ready? let's go then
    6. [servir]
    estar para to be (there) for;
    para eso están los amigos that's what friends are for;
    para eso estoy that's what I'm here for;
    la vida está para vivirla life is for living;
    no tires eso al suelo, que las papeleras están para algo don't throw that on the floor, the wastepaper bins are there for a reason
    7. (antes de gerundio) [expresa duración] to be;
    están golpeando la puerta they're banging on the door
    8. (antes de “sin” + infinitivo) [expresa negación]
    estoy sin dormir desde ayer I haven't slept since yesterday;
    está sin acabar it's not finished;
    estuve sin voz dos días I had no voice o I lost my voice for two days
    9. [faltar]
    eso está aún por escribir that has yet to be written;
    eso está por ver that remains to be seen;
    todavía está por hacer it hasn't been done yet
    10. [consistir]
    estar en to be, to lie in;
    el problema está en la fecha the problem is the date;
    el truco está en no mirar nunca al suelo the trick o secret is not to look at the ground
    11. [hallarse a punto de]
    estar al llegar o [m5] caer [persona] to be about to arrive;
    [acontecimiento] to be about to happen;
    estar por hacer algo to be on the verge of doing sth;
    estuve por pegarle I was on the verge of hitting him;
    estoy por no ir I'm not so sure I want to go;
    estuve por llamarte I was about to phone you, I was just going to phone you
    12. [expresa disposición]
    estar para algo to be in the mood for sth;
    no estoy para bromas I'm not in the mood for jokes;
    el enfermo no está para ver a nadie the patient is in no condition to see anyone
    13. [ser favorable]
    estar por to be in favour of;
    estoy por la libertad de expresión I'm in favour of o for freedom of speech
    14. [hallarse embarazada]
    está de cinco meses she's five months pregnant
    15. RP [ir]
    estuve a verlo en el hospital I went to see him in hospital;
    estuvieron a visitarlo they went to visit him
    ♦ v copulativo
    1. (antes de adj) [expresa cualidad, estado] to be;
    los pasteles están ricos the cakes are delicious;
    esta calle está sucia this street is dirty;
    ¡qué alta estás! you've really grown!;
    estoy cansado/enfadado I'm tired/angry;
    ¿qué tal estás? how are you?;
    está muy irritable últimamente she's been very irritable lately;
    está divorciado he's divorced;
    estoy enfermo/mareado I am ill/I feel sick;
    Andes
    cuando estaba chiquito when I was little
    2. (antes de “con” o “sin” + sustantivo) [expresa estado] to be;
    estamos sin agua we have no water, we're without water;
    Fam
    estoy sin blanca I'm broke, Br I'm skint
    3. [expresa situación, acción]
    estar de vacaciones to be on holiday;
    estar de viaje to be on a trip;
    estar de mudanza to be (in the process of) moving;
    estamos de suerte we're in luck;
    estar de mal humor to be in a (bad) mood;
    ¿has cambiado la rueda? – estoy en ello have you changed the tyre? – I'm working on it o I'm doing it right now;
    ¡ya está bien! that's enough (of that)!
    4. [expresa permanencia]
    estar en uso to be in use;
    estar en guardia to be on guard
    5. [expresa apoyo, predilección]
    estoy contigo I'm on your side
    6. [expresa ocupación]
    estar como o [m5]de to be;
    está como o [m5] de cajera she's a checkout girl;
    yo he estado de portero toda la primera parte I've been in goal all of the first half
    7. Esp [ropa]
    este traje te está bien this suit looks good on you;
    esa falda te está corta that skirt's too short for you;
    ¿cómo me está? how does this look?
    8. (antes de “que” + verbo) [expresa actitud]
    está que muerde porque ha suspendido he's furious because he failed
    ♦ v aux
    1. (antes de gerundio) to be;
    estuvo nevando it was snowing;
    se está peinando she's brushing her hair;
    estuvieron discutiendo durante toda la reunión they spent the whole meeting arguing, they were arguing throughout the whole meeting;
    mañana a estas horas estaré bañándome en la playa this time tomorrow I'll be swimming at the beach
    2. (antes de participio)
    está terminado it's finished;
    está organizado por el ayuntamiento it's organized by the town council
    * * *
    v/i
    ¿cómo está Vd.? how are you?;
    estoy mejor I’m (feeling) better;
    estoy bien/mal I’m fine/I’m not feeling too great;
    estar de tres meses be three months pregnant;
    estar sin dinero have no money;
    ¡ya estoy! I’m ready!
    :
    ¿está Javier? is Javier in?;
    mi padre no está my father isn’t here;
    ¡ahí está! there it is!;
    ahora estoy con Vd. I’ll be with you in just a moment;
    ¿dónde estábamos? where were we?
    3
    :
    estar haciendo algo be doing sth;
    estoy leyendo I’m reading
    4 ( sentar)
    :
    te está grande it's too big for you;
    el vestido te está bien the dress suits you
    5
    :
    estar de ocupación work as, be;
    está de camarero he’s working as a waiter
    6 ( padecer de)
    :
    estar del corazón/estómago have heart/stomach problems
    :
    estamos a 3 de enero it’s January 3rd;
    el kilo está a un peso they’re one peso a kilo
    8
    :
    estar con alguien agree with s.o.; ( apoyar) support s.o.;
    estar a bien/mal con alguien be on good/bad terms with s.o.;
    estar en algo be working on sth;
    estar para hacer algo be about to do sth;
    no estar para algo not be in a mood for sth;
    estar por algo be in favor of sth;
    está por hacer it hasn’t been done yet;
    ¡ya está! that’s it!
    * * *
    estar {34} v aux
    : to be
    estoy aprendiendo inglés: I'm learning English
    está terminado: it's finished
    estar vi
    está muy alto: he's so tall, he's gotten very tall
    ¿ya estás mejor?: are you feeling better now?
    estoy casado: I'm married
    están en la mesa: they're on the table
    estamos en la página 2: we're on page 2
    3) : to be at home
    ¿está María?: is Maria in?
    4) : to remain
    estaré aquí 5 días: I'll be here for 5 days
    5) : to be ready, to be done
    estará para las diez: it will be ready by ten o'clock
    6) : to agree
    ¿estamos?: are we in agreement?
    estoy contigo: I'm with you
    7)
    ¿cómo estás? : how are you?
    8)
    ¡está bien! : all right!, that's fine!
    9)
    estar a : to cost
    estar a : to be
    ¿a qué dia estamos?: what's today's date?
    estar con : to have
    está con fiebre: she has a fever
    estar de : to be
    estoy de vacaciones: I'm on vacation
    está de director hoy: he's acting as director today
    estar bien (mal) : to be well (sick)
    estar para : to be in the mood for
    estar por : to be in favor of
    estar por : to be about to
    está por cerrar: it's on the verge of closing
    estar de más : to be unnecessary
    estar que : to be (in a state or condition)
    está que echa chispas: he's hopping mad
    * * *
    estar vb
    1. (en general) to be
    ¿estás cansada? are you tired?
    3. (en casa, en el trabajo) to be in / to be there / to be here
    ¿está Pepe? is Pepe in? / is Pepe there?
    ¿está tu madre en casa? is your mother in?
    4. (listo, preparado) to be ready
    5. (aspecto) to look
    ¡qué guapo estás! you look very smart!
    estar a... to be...
    ¿a cuánto están los tomates? how much are the tomatoes?
    estar de... to be...

    Spanish-English dictionary > estar

  • 12 hacer

    v.
    1 to do (realizar) (estudios, experimento, favor).
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    Ella hace la tarea She does her work.
    2 to make.
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/a symphony
    hacer una fiesta to have a party
    para hacer la carne… to cook the meat…
    Ricardo hizo una casita Richard made a little house.
    Le hago estudiar I make him study.
    Nos hizo un problema He made us a problem (he made a problem for us)
    4 to do (arreglar) (casa, colada).
    5 to build (to build).
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    6 to make (movimientos, sonidos, gestos).
    le hice señas I signaled to her
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    el gato hace "miau" cats go "meow"
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    8 to cause to look or seem (dar aspecto a).
    este espejo te hace gordo that mirror makes you look o seem fat
    9 to play (Cine & Teatro) (papel).
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter
    10 to think, to reckon.
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now
    11 to be done to.
    Se me hizo una injusticia An injustice was done to me.
    12 to place.
    Haré una llamada a mi hermana I will place a call to my sister.
    13 to be made to.
    Se nos hizo pagar una gran suma We were made to pay a large amount.
    14 to be made for.
    Se me hizo una camisa A shirt was made for me.
    15 to travel, to make.
    Hicimos dos kilómetros We traveled two kilometers.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    hago, haces, hace, hacemos, hacéis, hacen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    haz (tú), haga (él/Vd.), hagamos (nos.), haced (vos.), hagan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    hecho,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    2) do
    3) be
    •
    - hacer falta
    - hacerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones hacer añicos, hacer gracia, hacerse ilusiones, hacer pedazos, hacerse de rogar, hacer el tonto, hacer las veces de ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando actividad en general] to do

    ¿qué haces? — what are you doing?

    ¿qué haces ahí? — what are you doing there?

    ¡eso no se hace! — that's not done!

    • hacer el [amor] — to make love

    • hacer la [guerra] — to wage war

    hacer algo por hacer —

    2) [en lugar de otro verbo] to do
    3) (=crear) [+ coche, escultura, juguete, ropa, pastel] to make; [+ casa] to build; [+ dibujo] to do; [+ novela, sinfonía] to write

    • le cuesta trabajo hacer [amigos] — he finds it hard to make friends

    4) (=realizar) [+ apuesta, discurso, objeción] to make; [+ deporte, deberes] to do; [+ caca, pipí] to do; [+ nudo] to tie; [+ pregunta] to ask; [+ visita] to pay; [+ milagros] to do, work

    el gato hizo miau — the cat went miaow, the cat miaowed

    el árbol no hace mucha sombra — the tree isn't very shady, the tree doesn't provide a lot of shade

    ¿me puedes hacer el nudo de la corbata? — could you knot my tie for me?

    • hacer un [favor] a algn — to do sb a favour

    • hacer un [gesto] — [con la cara] to make {o} pull a face; [con la mano] to make a sign

    • hacer un [recado] — to do {o} run an errand

    • hacer [ruido] — to make a noise

    • hacer [sitio] — to make room

    • hacer [tiempo] — to kill time

    5) (=preparar) [+ cama, comida] to make

    hacer el pelo/las uñas a algn — to do sb's hair/nails

    • hacer las [maletas] — to pack one's bags

    6) (=dedicarse a)

    ¿qué hace tu padre? — what does your father do?

    • hacer [cine] — to make films

    • hacer [teatro] — to act

    7) (=actuar)

    hacer un papel — to play a role {o} part

    8) (=sumar) to make

    y cincuenta céntimos, hacen diez euros — and fifty cents change, which makes ten euros

    9) (=cumplir)

    voy a hacer 30 años la próxima semana — I'm going to be 30 next week, it's my 30th birthday next week

    10) (=obligar) + infin to make

    • hágale [entrar] — show him in, have him come in

    • me lo hizo [saber] — he told me about it, he informed me of it

    • hacer [que] + subjun —

    11) (=mandar)
    + infin
    12) (=transformar) + adj to make
    13) (=pensar) to think

    yo le hacía más viejo — I thought he was older, I had him down as being older

    14) (=acostumbrar)
    15) (=ejercitar)
    16)

    • hacer a algn [con] (=proveer) —

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=comportarse)

    • hacer [como] que {o} como si — to make as if

    hizo como que no se daba cuenta {o} como si no se diera cuenta — he made as if he hadn't noticed, he pretended not to have noticed

    2)

    • [dar que] hacer — to cause trouble

    dieron que hacer a la policía — they caused {o} gave the police quite a bit of trouble

    3) (=importar)

    no le hace — LAm it doesn't matter, never mind

    4) (=ser apropiado)

    ¿hace? — will it do?, is it all right?; (=¿de acuerdo?) is it a deal?

    5) (=apetecer)

    ¿te hace que vayamos a tomar unas copas? — how about going for a drink?, what do you say we go for a drink?

    ¿te hace un cigarrillo? — how about a cigarette?, do you fancy a cigarette?

    6) [seguido de preposición]
    hacer de (Teat) to play the part of hacer por (=intentar)

    hacer por hacer algo — to try to do sth, make an effort to do sth

    3. VERBO IMPERSONAL
    1) [con expresiones de tiempo atmosférico] to be

    hace calor/frío — it's hot/cold

    ¿qué tiempo hace? — what's the weather like?

    2) [con expresiones temporales]

    hace tres años que se fue — he left three years ago, it's three years since he left

    hace tres años que no lo veo — I haven't seen him for three years, it's three years since I (last) saw him

    ¿hace mucho que esperas? — have you been waiting long?

    • [desde] hace cuatro años — for four years

    3) LAm (=haber, tener)
    4.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.
    Ex. If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.
    Ex. In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex. When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex. As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex. Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex. In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex. Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex. The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex. So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex. There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex. This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex. The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex. The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex. The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex. The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    ----
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( crear) <mueble/vestido> to make; <casa/carretera> to build; < nido> to build, make; < coche> to make, manufacture; < túnel> to make, dig; <dibujo/plano> to do, draw; < lista> to make, draw up; < resumen> to do, make; < película> to make; <nudo/lazo> to tie; <pan/pastel> to make, bake; <vino/café/tortilla> to make; < cerveza> to make, brew

    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa — he made room o a place for me at the table

    2)
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) < sacrificio> to make; < milagro> to work, perform; <deberes/ejercicios/limpieza> to do; < mandado> to run; <transacción/investigación> to carry out; < experimento> to do, perform; < entrevista> to conduct; <gira/viaje> to do

    ¿me haces un favor? — will you do me a favor?

    hicimos un trato — we did o made a deal

    b) <cheque/factura> to make out, write out
    3) (formular, expresar) <declaración/promesa/oferta> to make; <proyecto/plan> to make, draw up; <crítica/comentario> to make, voice; < pregunta> to ask

    hacer caca — (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq)

    hacer pis or pipí — (fam) to have a pee (colloq)

    hacer sus necesidades — (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    5) ( adquirir) <dinero/fortuna> to make; < amigo> to make
    6) (preparar, arreglar) < cama> to make; < maleta> to pack

    hice el pescado al horno — I did o cooked the fish in the oven

    tengo que hacer la comida — I must make lunch; ver tb comida 2) b)

    7)
    a) (producir, causar) < ruido> to make

    las vacas hacen `mu' — cows go `moo'

    8) ( recorrer) <trayecto/distancia> to do, cover
    9) (en cálculos, enumeraciones)

    son 180... y 320 hacen 500 — that's 180... and 320 is o makes 500

    10)

    hacen una obra de Ibsen — they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen

    deberías hacer ejercicio — you should do o get some exercise

    ¿hace algún deporte? — do you play o do any sports?

    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    c) ( estudiar) to do

    hace Derecho — she's doing o studying o reading Law

    11)
    a) (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do

    niño, eso no se hace! — you mustn't do that!

    qué se le va a hacer! or qué le vamos a hacer! — what can you o (frml) one do?

    hacerla — (Méx) (fam) to make it (colloq)

    hacerla (buena) — (fam)

    ahora sí que la hice! — now I've (really) done it!

    hacérsela buena a alguien — (Méx) to keep one's word o promise to somebody

    soñé que te sacabas la lotería - házmela buena! — I dreamed you won the lottery - if only!

    b) (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do

    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? — (CS, Méx fam) what did I do with the book?

    12) (esp Esp) ( actuar como)

    hacer el tonto — to act o play the fool

    voy a escribirle - deja, yo lo haré — I'm going to write to him - don't bother, I'll do it

    14) (Méx, RPl fam) (afectar, importar)

    ¿qué le hace? — so what? what does it matter?

    15) (transformar en, volver) to make

    te hará hombre, hijo mío — it will make a man of you, my son

    17) (inducir a, ser causa de que)

    hacer algo/a alguien + inf — to make something/somebody + inf

    todo hace suponer que... — everything suggests that o leads one to think that...

    hacer que algo/alguien + subj — to make something/somebody + inf

    18) ( obligar a)

    hacer + inf a alguien — to make somebody + inf

    hacer que alguien + subj — to make somebody + inf

    19)

    hacer hacer algo — to have o get something done/made

    hice acortar las cortinas — I had o got the curtains shortened

    20) (suponer, imaginar)
    2.
    hacer vi
    1)
    a) (obrar, actuar)

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? — what do you have to do to get the scholarship?

    ¿cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo? — how do they manage to live on that salary?

    hacerle a algo — (Chi, Méx fam)

    hacer y deshacer — to do as one pleases, do what one likes

    b) (+ compl)

    hiciste bien en decírmelo — you did o were right to tell me

    mamá, ya hice! — (esp AmL) Mommy, I've been o I've finished!

    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre — (frml) to have a bowel movement (frml)

    3) (fingir, simular)

    hizo como que no me había visto — he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me

    haz como si no supieras nada — act as if o pretend you don't know anything about it

    4) ( servir)

    hacer de algo: esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning; la escuela hizo de hospital — the school served as o was used as a hospital

    hacer de algo/alguien — to play (the part of) something/somebody

    hacía de `malo' — he played the bad guy

    6) (+ compl) ( sentar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal — (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me

    8)

    no le hace — ( no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; ( no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse

    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza aquí? — do you mind if I drop the ash here?

    9) (en 3a pers) (frml) (tocar, concernir)

    por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud — as far as your application is concerned

    10) (Esp fam) ( apetecer)

    ¿(te) hace una cerveza? — care for a beer?, do you fancy a beer? (BrE colloq)

    3.
    hacer v impers
    1)

    hace frío/calor/sol/viento — it's cold/hot/sunny/windy

    b) (fam & hum)

    hace sed ¿verdad? — it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?

    parece que hace hambre — you/they seem to be hungry

    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? — how long ago did she leave?

    hace poco/un año — a short time/a year ago

    4.
    1) hacerse v pron

    hágase la luz — (Bib) let there be light; (+ me/te/le etc)

    se le ha hecho una ampolla — she's got o she has a blister

    por fin se le hizo ganar el premio — she finally got to win the award

    3)
    a) (refl) ( hacer para sí) <café/falda> to make oneself
    b) (caus) ( hacer que otro haga)
    4) ( causarse)

    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? — what did you do to your arm?

    ¿te hiciste daño? — did you hurt yourself?

    todavía se hace pis/caca — (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    6) (refl) ( adquirir) to make
    7)
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become

    hacerse famoso/monja — to become famous/a nun

    se está haciendo tarde — it's getting late; (+ me/te/le etc)

    c) ( cocinarse) pescado/guiso to cook
    d) (AmL) ( pasarle a)

    ¿qué se habrá hecho María? — what can have happened to María?

    8) ( resultar)

    esto se hace muy pesado — this gets very boring; (+ me/te/le etc)

    9) ( dar impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace que está ofendida — I get the feeling o impression that she's upset

    se me hace que va a llover — I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain

    hacérsele a alguien — (Chi fam) to back out

    10) (caus)

    hacerse + inf: hazte respetar make people respect you; el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming; un chico que se hace querer a likable kid; se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built; hazte ver por un médico — (AmL) go and see a doctor

    hacerse a algo/+ inf — to get used to something/-ing

    12) ( fingirse)

    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? — (fam) is this guy stupid or just a good actor? (colloq)

    no te hagas el sordo — don't pretend o act as if you didn't hear me

    yo me hice — (Méx fam) I pretend not to notice

    13) ( moverse) (+ compl) to move

    hacerse atrás/a un lado — to move back/to one side

    15) hacerse de (AmL)

    tengo que hacerme de dinero — I must get o lay my hands on some money

    * * *
    = accomplish, design (for/to), be up to, cause, conduct, do, devise, produce, render, compose, make, get (a)round to, make out, get round to, brew.

    Ex: If a library prefers to simplify records in particular areas, this can usually be accomplished by not entering particular types of information.

    Ex: In lists designed for international use a symbolic notation instead of textual notes may be used.
    Ex: When I saw what he was up to, I drew back for a punch and hit him so hard on the nose that he fell on his back and lay there for some time, so that his wife stood over him and cried out 'Mercy! You've done my husband in!'.
    Ex: As usage of the language causes terms to become anachronistic, or as increases in our level of awareness reveal undesirable connotations, we seek to change subject heading terms.
    Ex: Obviously, this tagging must be conducted manually.
    Ex: In all these cases where scientists studied what crafstmen knew how to do the resulting benefits have accrued to science not to technology.
    Ex: Special classification schemes are generally devised for an application in which no major general scheme is suitable.
    Ex: The present OCLC system does not produce catalog cards in sets, but if it did it could produce over 6,000 different sets for one title.
    Ex: So strongly was it felt by proponents of change that just such unconscious biases rendered libraries 'part of the problem, instead of the solution'.
    Ex: There have never been any attempts to compose a bibliography of US government documents relating to international law.
    Ex: This concept comes mainly from the military, where a designated number of troops make a squad, a platoon, a regiment, etc..
    Ex: The article is entitled 'A list of lists of Web sites to check out: getting organized and getting around to it are two different things'.
    Ex: The cards for those headings should be removed from the index and new cards made out if necessary.
    Ex: The government have been making noises about it for some time but haven't quite got round to it.
    Ex: The goddess owned a potent magick cauldron in which she planned to brew a special liquid for her ugly son.
    * acceder haciendo clic = click.
    * acusación + hacer = accusation + level.
    * aguja de hacer croché = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer ganchillo = crochet hook, crochet needle.
    * aguja de hacer punto = knitting needle.
    * algo diverto que hacer = fun thing to do.
    * Algo que se hace para matar el tiempo = time filler.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so, in doing so.
    * a medio hacer = halfway done, half done.
    * anunciado desde hace tiempo = long-heralded.
    * aprender haciendo = learn by + doing.
    * batir hasta hacer espuma = work up + a lather.
    * ¡bien hecho! = the way to go!.
    * buscar una forma de hacer (algo) = develop + way + to make + Nombre.
    * contenedor para hacer compost = compost bin.
    * continuar con el buen hacer = keep up + the good work, keep up + the great work.
    * continuar haciendo algo = get on with + Nombre.
    * cuando hace frío = in the cold.
    * cumplido hace tiempo = long overdue.
    * decidir hacer = spring for.
    * decidir qué hacer con = make + disposition of.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * desde hace algún tiempo = for some time past, for days.
    * desde hace años = over the years, for years past, for years.
    * desde hace la tira (de tiempo) = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace muchísimo tiempo = in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace muchos años = for years.
    * desde hace mucho tiempo = for ages, long-time [longtime], long since, in ages (and ages and ages).
    * desde hace siglos = for yonks, for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace tanto tiempo = so long.
    * desde hace tiempo = long [longer -comp., longest -sup.], over the years, for a long time, long since, for some time.
    * desde hace un montonazo de tiempo = for yonks and yonks.
    * desde hace un montón de tiempo = for yonks.
    * desde hace un par de + Tiempo = in these past couple of + Tiempo.
    * desde hace varios años + Presente = for several years + Pretérito Perfecto.
    * desde hace ya algún tiempo = for some time now.
    * desde hace ya años = for years now.
    * difícil de hacer = hard to do.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.
    * el que las hace, las paga = you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * encargado de hacer el presupuesto = budgetmaker.
    * esfuerzo + hacer sudar = work up + a lather.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * esperado hace tiempo = overdue.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * establecido desde hace tiempo = long-established.
    * estar haciendo = be up to.
    * estar haciendo Algo = have + Nombre + on the go.
    * estar haciendo algo que no se debe = be up to no good.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * existir desde hace años = be around for years.
    * frotar hasta hacer espuma = lather.
    * hace algunos años = some years ago.
    * hace algún tiempo = some time ago, a while back, some while ago, sometime back.
    * hace años = years ago.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hacer huir en batalla = route.
    * hace la tira (de tiempo) = yonks, yonks and yonks.
    * hace miles de años = aeons ago.
    * hace muchas lunas = all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muchísimos años = a great many years ago.
    * hace muchísimo tiempo = ages (and ages) ago, aeons ago, yonks.
    * hace muchos años = many years ago.
    * hace mucho tiempo = long since, all those many moons ago, many moons ago.
    * hace muy poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hace + Número + años = Número + years ago.
    * hace poco tiempo = a short time ago.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer a Alguien precavido = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * hacer abono orgánico = compost.
    * hacer acampada = camp.
    * hacer accesible a través de = make + available through.
    * hacer ademanes = flail about, gesticulate.
    * hacer aflorar = bring to + the surface.
    * hacer aflorar sentimientos de antagonismo = bring to + the surface + feelings of antagonism.
    * hacer ágil = limber up.
    * hacer agua = Negativo + hold + water.
    * hacer agua(s) = spring + a leak.
    * hacer a gusto del consumidor = make to + order.
    * hacer ajustes = make + adjustment.
    * hacer alarde de = boast, flaunt, brag, show off.
    * hacer alegaciones = plead.
    * hacer Algo a hurtadillas = sneak.
    * hacer algo alocado = do + something footloose and fancy-free.
    * hacer algo al respecto = do + something about it.
    * hacer Algo con dificultad = muddle through, plod (along/through).
    * hacer Algo con mucho esfuerzo = plod (along/through).
    * hacer algo con respecto a = do + something about.
    * hacer Algo de cara a la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer Algo en exceso = push + Nombre + too far.
    * hacer algo funcionar = make + Nombre + tick.
    * hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of, make + an excellent job of.
    * hacer Algo para la galería = play to + the gallery.
    * hacer algo poco a poco = eat away at.
    * hacer algo por amor al arte = labour of love.
    * hacer Algo por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = make + Posesivo + own arrangements.
    * hacer Algo posible = make + provision for.
    * hacer Algo puré = mash.
    * hacer Algo rápidamente = put together.
    * hacer Algo realidad = make + Nombre + come true.
    * hacer Algo sin ser visto = sneak.
    * hacer Algo sobre la marcha = play + Nombre + by ear.
    * hacer Algo trocitos = tear + Nombre + to shreds, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer algunos comentarios sobre lo que Alguien ha dicho = take + a few cracks at.
    * hacer alusión a = make + allusion to, make + reference to.
    * hacer a mano = handcraft.
    * hacer a medida = custom-make, make to + order.
    * hacer a medida para satisfacer los requisitos = tailor to + meet the specification.
    * hacer amigos = win + friends.
    * hacer amistad = make + friend.
    * hacer amistad con = make + friends with, befriend.
    * hacer amistades = friend.
    * hacer ampollas = blister.
    * hacer anotaciones = annotate, mark + Nombre + up.
    * hacer añicos = shatter, blow + Nombre + to bits, smash + Nombre + to bits, tear + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer aparecer = cause + display of.
    * hacer a partir de = make out of.
    * hacer apología = make + apology.
    * hacer arreglos florales = arrange + flowers.
    * hacer artesanalmente = handcraft.
    * hacer asequible = make + amenable.
    * hacer atractivo = endear.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacer autostop = thumb + a lift, hitch + a ride.
    * hacer avances = make + headway.
    * hacer avanzar = nudge + Nombre + forward, push + the frontiers of, nudge + Nombre + along, nudge + Nombre + into, push + the boundaries of.
    * hacer avanzar el conocimiento = push back + the frontiers of knowledge.
    * hacer avanzar hacia = nudge + Nombre + toward.
    * hacer averiguaciones = make + enquiry.
    * hacer bajar = force down.
    * hacer balance de = take + stock of.
    * hacer barrabasadas = play + pranks.
    * hacer basto = coarsen.
    * hacer bien = do + good.
    * hacer borrón y cuenta nueva = start with + a clean slate, cut + Posesivo + losses, turn over + a new leaf.
    * hacer borroso = blur.
    * hacer bromas = banter.
    * hacer bucles = loop.
    * hacer buenas migas = hit it off.
    * hacer buen uso de Algo = put to + good use.
    * hacer bulla = kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, raise + a stink, make + a stink (about), make + a racket, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row.
    * hacer bulto = bulge.
    * hacer búsquedas en = search through.
    * hacer caca = take + a dump.
    * hacer caer = oust.
    * hacer caja = tally up + sales, balance + the cash, reconcile (with), balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer caja con = cash in on, ride (on) + Posesivo + coattails.
    * hacer callar = shush, hush, quieten.
    * hacer cambiar = swing + Persona.
    * hacer cambiar las cosas = turn + the tide on.
    * hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.
    * hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).
    * hacer campaña = campaign, stump, go out on + the road.
    * hacer cara a = brave.
    * hacer caso = take + notice, listen (to).
    * hacer caso a Alguien = take + Posesivo + word for it.
    * hacer caso (a/de) = pay + attention to.
    * hacer caso omiso = disregard, brush aside, go + unheeded, fall on + deaf ears, meet + deaf ears, thumb + Posesivo + nose at, dismiss with + the wave of the hand, fly in + the face of, push aside.
    * hacer caso omiso de = be oblivious of/to.
    * hacer chanchullos = fiddle.
    * hacer chatting = chat.
    * hacer circular = pass around.
    * hacer circular por = circulate round.
    * hacer cisco = tear + apart, wipe + the floor with.
    * hacer coincidir (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cola = queue up.
    * hacer colectas = exact + contributions.
    * hacer comentarios = air + comments.
    * hacer como el avestruz = bury + Posesivo + head in the sand (like an ostrich), stick + Posesivo + head in the sand.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * hacer comparaciones = draw + comparisons, make + comparisons.
    * hacer comparecer = arraign.
    * hacer compatible (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer compost = compost.
    * hacer compras = do + shopping.
    * hacer comprender = bring + home.
    * hacer con Alguien lo que Uno quiera = be like putty in + Posesivo + hands.
    * hacer concesiones = make + allowances.
    * hacer conjeturas = speculate.
    * hacer constar = state.
    * hacer contrabando = smuggle.
    * hacer copias = make + multiple copies.
    * hacer copias mediante multicopista por disolvente = spirit duplication.
    * hacer correr la voz = spread + the word, spread + the good word, pass on + the good word, spread + the news.
    * hacer cosas = get + things done.
    * hacer cosquillas = tickle.
    * hacer creer = lead to + believe, lull + Nombre + into thinking.
    * hacer crítica = find + fault with.
    * hacer croché = crochet.
    * hacer cuadrar (con) = reconcile (with).
    * hacer cuadrar las cuentas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cuadras las facturas = reconcile + receipts.
    * hacer cualquier cosa = do + anything, give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * hacer cumplir = uphold.
    * hacer cumplir la disciplina = enforce + discipline.
    * hacer cumplir la legislación = enforce + legislation.
    * hacer cumplir la ley = law enforcement, enforce + law, legal enforcement.
    * hacer cumplir una norma = enforce + standard.
    * hacer cumplir una política = uphold + policy.
    * hacer cumplir unas normas = enforce + policy.
    * hacer daño = do + harm, hurt.
    * hacer dar vueltas = gyrate.
    * hacer de = make out of.
    * hacer de carabina = play + gooseberry.
    * hacer declamaciones = declaim.
    * hacer dedo = hitch + a ride, thumb + a lift.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hacer de nuevo = redo [re-do], remake.
    * hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.
    * hacer derretir el hielo = de-ice [deice].
    * hacer desaparecer = eradicate, dispel, banish.
    * hacer desaparecer una división = blur + division.
    * hacer desaparecer un mito = dispel + myth.
    * hacer descuento = discount.
    * hacer desfilar = parade.
    * hacer detonar = detonate.
    * hacer de tripas corazón = bite + the bullet.
    * hacer diabluras = play + pranks.
    * hacer diana = hit + home.
    * hacer difícil = make + it + difficult, make + difficult.
    * hacer dinero = make + money.
    * hacer dudar = make + Nombre + doubt, misgive.
    * hacer eco = echo, resonate.
    * hacer eco de = echo.
    * hacer efectivo = cash in.
    * hacer efectivo en metálico = pay in + cash.
    * hacer ejercicio físico = work out.
    * hacer ejercicios de calentamiento = limber up.
    * hacer el aire irrespirable = choke + the air.
    * hacer el amor = make + love.
    * hacer el avío = get + ready.
    * hacer el balance de cuentas = balance + the cash, balance + the cash drawer.
    * hacer el cambio = make + the change.
    * hacer el chorra = pissing into the wind.
    * hacer el deber de Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer el dobladillo = hem.
    * hacer elección = make + choices.
    * hacer el esfuerzo necesario = pull + Posesivo + (own) weight.
    * hacer el indio = horse around/about.
    * hacer el intento = have + a go, give + it a shot, give + Nombre + a try, have + a stab at, take + a stab at, make + a stab at, give + it a whirl, give + it a try.
    * hacer el mal = do + evil.
    * hacer el mejor uso de = make + the best of.
    * hacer el monigote = fool around.
    * hacer el paripé = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * hacer el pasillo = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el pasillo de honor = form + a guard of honour.
    * hacer el recorrido normal = make + the rounds.
    * hacer el ridículo = make + a fool of + Reflexivo, make + an arse of + Reflexivo, make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * hacer el testamento = testate.
    * hacer el tonto = fool around, horse around/about.
    * hacer el último esfuerzo = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * hacer encaje = tat.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos = do + the impossible, jump through + hoops, double over + backwards.
    * hacer encaje de bolillos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer encargos = run + errands.
    * hacer enemigos = make + enemies.
    * hacer entender = get across.
    * hacer erupción = erupt.
    * hacer escala = stop over.
    * hacer eses = zigzag.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer espuma = work up + a lather, froth.
    * hacer esquina con = form + right angles with.
    * hacer estallar = spark, ignite, touch off, blow up, let off.
    * hacer estallar en añicos = blow + sky high.
    * hacer estallar una bomba = bomb.
    * hacer estallar un guerra = ignite + war.
    * hacer esto = go along + this road.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.
    * hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess around.
    * hacer esto y aquello sin prisas = pootle.
    * hacer estragos = lay + waste to, create + havoc, wreak + havoc, cause + havoc, take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * hacer estragos en = play + havoc with.
    * hacer estrías = rifle.
    * hacer exenciones = make + exemptions.
    * hacer experimentos = institute + experiments.
    * hacer explícito = make + explicit.
    * hacer explotar = blow up.
    * hacer extensivo + Posesivo + agradecimiento = extend + Posesivo + thanks.
    * hacer factible = make + feasible.
    * hacer falta = need, must, have to, it + take.
    * hacer flexible = limber up.
    * hacer fortuna = make + Posesivo + fortune, make + a fortune, strike + it rich, strike + gold, hit + the jackpot.
    * hacer fotocopias = photoduplication [photo-duplication].
    * hacer fotografía = make + picture.
    * hacer fracasar = foil, derail.
    * hacer frente = combat, come to + terms with, contain, address + Nombre + head-on, meet + Nombre + head-on, tackle + Nombre + head-on, face + Nombre + head-on, engage.
    * hacer frente a = confront, deal with, face, face up to, meet, cope with, wrestle with, stand up to, brave, breast, address.
    * hacer frente a deudas = meet + debts.
    * hacer frente a gastos = meet + expenses.
    * hacer frente a la delincuencia = tackle + crime.
    * hacer frente a la inflación = combat + inflation.
    * hacer frente a la realidad = confront + reality, face + (the) facts, face + (up to) the fact that, face + reality.
    * hacer frente a la realidad (de que) = face + the truth (that).
    * hacer frente a las diferencias = face + differences.
    * hacer frente a la situación = tackle + situation.
    * hacer frente a la vida = cope.
    * hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.
    * hacer frente al futuro = face up to + the future.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los elementos = brave + the elements.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hacer frente a tiempos difíciles = cope with + difficult times, cope with + difficult times.
    * hacer frente a una amenaza = address + threat.
    * hacer frente a una crisis = face + crisis, meet + crisis.
    * hacer frente a una incertidumbre = meet + uncertainty.
    * hacer frente a una necesidad = meet + need, serve + need.
    * hacer frente a una responsabilidad = meet + responsibility, face up to + responsibility.
    * hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.
    * hacer frente a un gasto = meet + cost.
    * hacer frente a un problema = attack + problem, combat + problem, wrestle with + problem.
    * hacer frente a un reto = rise (up) to + challenge, confront + challenge, meet + challenge, embrace + challenge.
    * hacer fresco = be cool.
    * hacer funcionar = service, do + the trick.
    * hacer gala de = sport.
    * hacer gala del conocimiento que uno tiene = air + knowledge.
    * hacer ganchillo = crochet.
    * hacer garabatos = scribble, scrawl, doodle.
    * hacer girar = twiddle, twirl.
    * hacer gozar = delight.
    * hacer gracia = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.
    * hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.
    * hacer guardar silencio = shush.
    * hacer hasta la presente = do + all along.
    * hacer hidrófugo = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer hincapié = emphasise [emphasize, -USA].
    * hacer hincapié en = put + a premium on.
    * hacer hincapié en una idea = hammer + point.
    * hacer historia = make + history, history in the making, go down in + history.
    * hacer honor al nombre de Uno = live up to + Posesivo + name.
    * hacer horas extraordinarias = work + overtime.
    * hacer horas extras = work + overtime.
    * hacer hueco = make + room (for).
    * hacer huelga = strike.
    * hacer huella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * hacer huir = drive away, chase + Nombre + off.
    * hacer imaginar = conjure up + an image of, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer impermeable = render + water-repellent.
    * hacer inalterable = set in + stone, set in + tablets of stone.
    * hacer incomprensible = render + incomprehensible, garble.
    * hacer indescifrable = render + indecipherable, garble.
    * hacer innecesario = obviate + the need for, make + redundant.
    * hacer insinuaciones = make + innuendoes.
    * hacer insinuaciones sobre = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * hacer insoluble = render + insoluble.
    * hacer inutilizable = render + useless.
    * hacer juego con = go with.
    * hacer juegos malabares = juggle.
    * hacer juegos malabares para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer justicia = do + justice.
    * hacer la cama = make + the bed.
    * hacer la cuenta = tot up, tote up.
    * hacer la guerra = make + war.
    * hacer (la) mona = play + hooky, play + truant, skip + class.
    * hacer la paz = make + (the) peace.
    * hacer la pelota = butter + Nombre + up, toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * hacer la pelota a + Alguien = curry + favour with + Alguien.
    * hacer la pelotilla = toady, butter + Nombre + up.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer largos = swim + laps.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacer las maletas = pack up, pack + Posesivo + belongings, pack + Posesivo + things, pack + Posesivo + suitcases, pack + Posesivo + bags.
    * hacer las paces = heal + the breach, heal + the rift, bury + the hatchet, make + (the) peace, smoke + the peace pipe, smoke + the pipe of peace, bury + the tomahawk, bury + the war axe.
    * hacer la transición = make + the transition.
    * hacer la vida imposible = make + life hell.
    * hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.
    * hacerle a Alguien un lavado de cerebro = brainwash.
    * hacerle las cosas fáciles a Alguien = play into + the hands of.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerle una paja a un muerto = flog + a dead horse, beat + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.
    * hacerle un bombo a Alguien = knock + Alguien + up.
    * hacer llamada telefónica = make + telephone call.
    * hacer llorar = reduce + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacer llorar de emoción = move + Nombre + to tears.
    * hacerlo = do so, go ahead.
    * hacerlo bien = put + matters + right, get + it + right, be right on track.
    * hacer lo correcto = do + the right thing.
    * hacerlo de nuevo = go and do it again.
    * hacerlo difícil de + Infinitivo = make + it + hard to + Infinitivo.
    * hacer lo imposible = bend over backwards, do + the impossible, lean over + backwards, double over + backwards.
    * hacer lo imposible para = jump through + hoops.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + utmost, give + Posesivo + best.
    * hacerlo mal = get + it + (all) wrong.
    * hacer lo más acertado dadas las circunstancias = do + the best thing in the circumstances.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacerlo mejor = do + a better job.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into, give of + Posesivo + best.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + best, try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacerlo por uno mismo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer lo que a Uno le de la gana = get away with + murder.
    * hacer lo que le corresponde a Uno = do + Posesivo + part.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * hacer lo que Uno quiera = get away with + murder.
    * hacer los deberes = do + homework.
    * hacerlo sin la ayuda de nadie = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacerlo solo = do + it + on + Posesivo + own.
    * hacer los primeros pinitos = take + the first step.
    * hacerlo todo excepto = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacerlo todo menos = stop at + nothing short of.
    * hacer malabarismos = juggle.
    * hacer malabarismos para que cuadre Algo = juggle.
    * hacer mandados = run + errands.
    * hacer maravillas = work + wonders.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más eficiente = streamline.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más inteligente = smarten.
    * hacer más interesante = spice up, add + spice.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sabroso = pep up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer mejor = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * hacer mejoras = make + improvements.
    * hacer mella = take + Posesivo + toll (on), leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression, hit + home.
    * hacer mella en = dent, make + a dent in, take + a bite out of.
    * hacer mención de/a = make + mention of.
    * hacer mezcla = mix + cement.
    * hacer milagros = work + wonders, work + miracles.
    * hacer mucha ilusión = be thrilled.
    * hacer mucho = do + much.
    * hacer mucho dinero = make + good money, earn + good money.
    * hacer mucho por = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.
    * hacer muchos aspavientos por Algo = make + a song and dance about.
    * hacer mucho tiempo que Algo ha desaparecido = be long gone.
    * hacer necesario = render + necessary.
    * hacer negocio = make + business.
    * hacer negocios = do + business, transact.
    * hacer + Nombre + llegar hasta aquí = get + Nombre + this far.
    * hacer + Nombre + responsable de = put + Nombre + in the driving seat.
    * hacer notar = bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, mark, note, bring to + notice, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice.
    * hacer notar la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence felt, make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * hacer novillos = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * hacer nudos = knot.
    * hacer objeciones contra = urge against.
    * hacer observaciones = comment on/upon.
    * hacer obsoleto = make + redundant.
    * hacer oídos sordos = turn + a deaf ear to.
    * hacer ordinario = coarsen.
    * hacer pagar tributos = exact + tributes.
    * hacer palmas = clap.
    * hacer paradas = make + stops.
    * hacer parecer = make + seem, make + Nombre + out to be.
    * hacer parecer pequeño = dwarf.
    * hacer partícipe = engage.
    * hacer pasajero = render + transitory.
    * hacer patochadas = fool around.
    * hacer payasadas = fool around.
    * hacer pedazos = shatter, smash + Nombre + to bits.
    * hacer peligrar = place + in jeopardy, imperil, endanger, pose + risk.
    * hacer pensar = provoke + thought, make to + think, lull + Nombre + into thinking, summon up + image.
    * hacer pensar en = conjure, conjure up + a picture of, bring to + mind, conjure up + an image of, conjure up, conjure up + a vision of.
    * hacer pequeños ajustes = tinker + around the edges, tinker with.
    * hacer perder el conocimiento = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * hacer perder el entusiasmo = dampen + Posesivo + enthusiasm.
    * hacer perder el sentido a = make + nonsense of.
    * hacer perder la agilidad física = stale.
    * hacer perder la agilidad mental = stale.
    * hacer perder las esperanzas = dampen + Posesivo + hopes.
    * hacer permanente = render + permanent.
    * hacer ping = ping.
    * hacer pipí = pee.
    * hacer pis = piss, pee, take + a leak, have + a leak, widdle, piddle.
    * hacer planes = plan, make + plans.
    * hacer poca distinción entre... y... = make + little distinction between... and....
    * hacer poco = do + little.
    * hacer popular = popularise [popularize, -USA].
    * hacer por encargo = make to + order.
    * hacer + Posesivo + agosto = make + a killing.
    * hacer + Posesivo + necesidades = relieve + Reflexivo, go + potty.
    * hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work, do + Posesivo + business.
    * hacer posible = enable, provide for, make + possible, provide + a basis for, make + an opportunity.
    * hacer posible el crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * hacer preguntas = ask + questions, interrogate, air + questions, make + enquiry.
    * hacer preparativo = make + arrangements.
    * hacer preso = imprison, jail [gaol, -UK].

    * * *
    hacer [ E18 ]
    ■ hacer (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 crear
    2 extender: cheque, factura etc
    B efectuar, llevar a cabo
    C formular, expresar
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir: dinero, amigos etc
    F preparar, arreglar
    G
    1 producir, causar
    2 refiriéndose a sonidos
    H recorrer
    I en cálculos, enumeraciones
    A
    1 ocuparse en una actividad
    2 como profesión, ocupación
    3 estudiar
    B
    1 actuar de cierta manera
    2 dar cierto uso
    3 causar daño
    C actuar como
    D hacer una vida
    E sustituyendo a otro verbo
    F afectar, importar
    A transformar en, volver
    B dar apariencia de
    C inducir a, ser la causa de que
    D obligar a
    E hacer hacer algo
    F acostumbrar
    G suponer, imaginar
    ■ hacer (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 obrar, actuar
    2 hacer bien, mal etc
    B con las necesidades fisiológicas
    C fingir, simular
    D intentar, procurar
    E servir
    F interpretar un personaje
    A
    1 sentarle bien, mal
    2 quedar, resultar
    B corresponder
    C no le hace
    D en tercera persona: concernir
    E apetecer
    ■ hacer (verbo impersonal)
    A
    1 refiriéndose al tiempo
    2 familiar humorístico
    B expresando el tiempo transcurrido
    ■ hacerse (verbo pronominal)
    A producirse
    B
    1 hacer para sí
    2 hacer que otro haga
    C causarse
    D con las necesidades fisiológicas
    E adquirir
    A
    1 volverse, convertirse en
    2 impersonal
    3 cocinarse
    4 pasarle (a algn)
    B resultar
    C dar la impresión de
    D causativo
    E acostumbrarse
    F fingirse
    G
    1 moverse
    2 colocarse
    H hacerse con
    I hacerse de
    vt
    A
    1 (crear) ‹mueble› to make; ‹casa/carretera› to build; ‹nido› to build, make; ‹coche› to make, manufacture; ‹dibujo› to do, draw; ‹lista› to make, draw up; ‹resumen› to do, make; ‹película› to make; ‹vestido/cortina› to make; ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake; ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make; ‹cerveza› to make, brew
    les hace toda la ropa a los niños she makes all the children's clothes
    hacer un nudo/lazo to tie a knot/bow
    hazme un plano de la zona do o draw me a map of the area
    me hizo un lugar or sitio en la mesa he made room o a place for me at the table
    le hizo un hijo ( fam); he got her pregnant
    hacen una pareja preciosa they make a lovely couple
    2 (extender) ‹cheque/factura/receta› to make out, write out, write
    me hizo un cheque she wrote o made me out a check
    B (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹sacrificio› to make; ‹milagro› to work, perform; ‹deberes/ejercicios› to do; ‹transacción› to carry out; ‹experimento› to do, perform; ‹limpieza› to do
    estaban haciendo los preparativos para el viaje they were making preparations for o they were preparing for the journey
    me hicieron una visita they paid me a visit, they came and visited me
    hicieron una gira por Europa they went on o did a tour of Europe
    hicimos el viaje sin parar we did the journey without stopping
    me hizo un regalo precioso she gave me a beautiful gift
    tengo que hacer los mandados I have some errands to run
    ¿me haces un favor? will you do me a favor?
    me hizo señas para que me acercara she motioned to me to come closer
    hicimos un trato we did o made a deal
    hago un papel secundario en la obra I have a minor part in the play
    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do
    C (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make; ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up; ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice; ‹pregunta› to ask
    nadie hizo ninguna objeción nobody raised any objections, nobody objected
    nos hizo un relato de sus aventuras he related his adventures to us, he gave us an account of his adventures
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): hace dos días que no hago caca ( fam); I haven't been for two days ( euph)
    hice pis or pipí antes de salir ( fam); I had a pee before I left ( colloq)
    hacer sus necesidades ( euf); to go to the bathroom o toilet
    E (adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make; ‹amigo› to make
    hicieron muchas amistades en Chile they made a lot of friends in Chile
    F (preparar, arreglar) ‹cama› to make; ‹maleta› to pack
    tengo que hacer la comida I must get lunch (ready) o cook lunch
    hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven
    G
    1 (producir, causar) ‹ruido› to make
    este jabón no hace espuma this soap doesn't lather
    esos chistes no me hacen gracia I don't find those jokes funny
    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    los perros hacen `guau guau' dogs go `bow-wow'
    el agua hacía glugluglú en los caños the water gurgled o made a gurgling noise in the pipes
    ¿cómo hace el coche del abuelo? how does Grandpa's car go?, what noise does Grandpa's car make?
    H (recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do
    hicimos los 500 kilómetros en cuatro horas we did o covered the 500 kilometers in four hours
    I
    (en cálculos, enumeraciones): son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
    hace el número 26 en la lista she is o comes 26th on the list
    A
    ¿no tienes nada que hacer? don't you have anything to do?
    ya terminé ¿qué hago ahora? I've finished, what shall I do now?
    no hace más que or sino quejarse she does nothing but complain, all she ever does is complain
    no hice más que or sino cumplir con mi deber I only o merely did my duty
    le gustaría hacer teatro she would like to work in the theater
    están haciendo una obra de Ibsen they're doing o putting on a play by Ibsen
    deberías hacer ejercicio you should exercise, you should do o get some exercise
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you go in for o play o do any sports?
    no estaba haciendo turismo, sino en viaje de negocios I wasn't there on vacation ( AmE) o ( BrE) on holiday, it was a business trip
    2 (como profesión, ocupación) to do
    ¿qué hace su novio? — es médico what does her boyfriend do? — he's a doctor
    3 (estudiar) to do
    hace Derecho she's doing o studying o reading Law
    hizo un curso de contabilidad he did an accountancy course
    hizo la carrera de Filosofía she did a degree in philosophy o a philosophy degree, she studied philosophy
    B
    1 (actuar de cierta manera, realizar cierta acción) to do
    yo en tu caso habría hecho lo mismo in your situation I would have done the same
    perdona, lo hice sin querer I'm sorry, I didn't do it on purpose
    haz lo que quieras do what you like
    aquí se hace lo que digo yo I'm in charge around here, around here what I say goes
    ¡niño, eso no se hace! you mustn't do that!
    haré lo posible por hablar con él I'll do all o everything I can to speak to him
    ¡qué se le va a hacer! or ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o ( frml) one do?
    no puedes aceptar — ¡qué le voy a hacer! no me queda más remedio you can't accept — what else can I do? I've no choice
    hacerla ( Méx fam): ya la hizo: lo nombraron director now he's really made it: he's been appointed director
    si le gano al sueco ya la hice if I can beat the Swede I'll have it in the bag ( colloq)
    la hicieron bien y bonita con ese negocio they did really well out of that deal
    hacerla (buena) ( fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! me dejé las llaves dentro now I've (really) done it! I've left the keys inside
    ¡ya la hicimos! se pinchó la rueda that's done it! o now, we're in trouble, we've got a flat
    hacérsela buena a algn ( Méx); to keep one's word o promise to sb
    se la hizo buena y se casó con ella he kept his word o promise and married her
    soñé que te sacabas la lotería — ¡házmela buena! I dreamed you won the lottery — if only! o if only it would come true!
    mañana dejo de fumar — ¡házmela buena! I'm going to give up smoking tomorrow — oh, please! o if only you would!
    2 (dar cierto uso, destino, posición) to do
    ¿qué vas a hacer con el dinero del premio? what are you going to do with the prize money?
    no sé qué hice con los recibos I don't know what I did with the receipts
    y el libro ¿qué lo hice? (CS fam); what did I do with the book?
    3
    (causar daño): hacerle algo a algn to do sth to sb
    no le tengas miedo al perro, no hace nada don't be frightened of the dog, he won't hurt you
    yo no le hice nada I didn't touch her o do anything to her
    no te he contado la última que me hizo I haven't told you the latest thing he did to me
    C
    ( esp Esp) (actuar como): deja de hacer el tonto/payaso stop acting o playing the fool, stop clowning around
    D
    (llevar): hacer una vida solitaria/normal to lead a lonely life/normal life
    trata de hacer una vida sana try to lead a healthy life
    E
    (sustituyendo a otro verbo): toca bien la guitarra — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the guitar well — she used to play o be better
    voy a escribirle — deja, ya lo haré yo I'm going to write to him — don't bother, I'll do it
    voy a dimitir — por favor, no lo hagas I'm going to resign — please don't o please, don't do it
    F
    ( RPl fam) (afectar, importar): la salsa quedó un poco líquida — ¿qué le hace? the sauce came out a bit thin — so what? o what does it matter?
    eso no le hace nada that doesn't matter at all
    A (transformar en, volver) to make
    te hará hombre, hijo mío it will make a man of you, my son
    la hizo su mujer he made her his wife
    agarró la copa y la hizo añicos contra el suelo he grabbed the glass and smashed it to smithereens on the floor
    hizo pedazos or trizas la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces
    la película que la hizo famosa the movie that made her famous
    este hombre me hace la vida imposible this man is making my life impossible
    quisiera agradecer a quienes han hecho posible este encuentro I should like to thank (all) those who have made this meeting possible
    hacer algo DE algo to turn sth INTO sth
    hice de mi afición por la cocina una profesión I turned my interest in cooking into a career, I made a career out of my interest in cooking
    hacer algo DE algn to make sth OF sb
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    B
    (dar apariencia de): ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner
    el pelo corto te hace más joven short hair makes you look younger
    C (inducir a, ser la causa de que) hacer algo/a algn + INF to make sth/sb + INF
    una de esas canciones que te hacen llorar one of those songs that make you cry
    todo hace suponer que fue así everything suggests that o leads one to think that that is what happened
    hizo caer al niño he knocked the child over
    haga pasar al próximo tell the next person to come in, have the next person come in
    eso no hizo sino precipitar el desenlace all that did was to hasten the end
    hacer que algo/algn + SUBJ to make sth/sb + INF
    ¡vas a hacer que pierda la paciencia! you're going to make me lose my temper!
    esto hace que sus reacciones sean lentas this makes him slow to react, this makes his reactions slow
    D (obligar a) hacer + INF a algn to make sb + INF
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours
    se lo haré hacer de nuevo I'll make him do it again
    me hizo abrirla or me la hizo abrir he made me open it
    me hizo levantar(me) a las cinco she made me get up at five
    hacer que algn + SUBJ to make sb + INF
    hizo que todos se sentaran he made everybody sit down
    E
    hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done
    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    le hice hacer un vestido para la boda I had o got a dress made for her for the wedding
    F (acostumbrar) hacer a algn A algo to get sb used o accustomed TO sth
    pronto la hizo a su manera de trabajar he soon got her used o accustomed to his way of working
    G
    (suponer, imaginar): te hacía en Buenos Aires I thought you were in Buenos Aires
    tiene 42 años — yo la hacía más joven she's 42 — I thought she was younger
    ¡yo que lo hacía casado y con hijos! I had the idea that he was married with children!
    ■ hacer
    vi
    A
    1
    (obrar, actuar): nadie trató de impedírselo, lo dejaron hacer nobody tried to stop him, they just let him get on with it
    tú no te preocupes, déjame hacer a mí don't you worry, just let me take care of it
    déjalo hacer a él, que sabe qué es lo que conviene let him handle it, he knows what's best
    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? how do you go about getting the grant?
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para ponerlo en funcionamiento? what do you have to do to make it work?
    no me explico cómo hacen para vivir con ese sueldo I don't know how they manage to live on that salary
    hacerle a algo (Chi, Méx fam): Enrique le hace a la electricidad Enrique knows a bit o knows something about electricity
    tienen una empleada que le hace a todo they have a maid who does a bit of everything
    ya sabes que yo no le hago a esos menesteres you know I don't go in for o do that sort of thing
    hacer y deshacer to do as one pleases, do what one likes
    ¡no le hagas/hagan! ( Méx fam); you can't be serious!, you're joking o kidding! ( colloq)
    2 (+ complemento):
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    mejor haría callándose she'd do better to keep quiet
    B
    ( esp AmL) (con las necesidades fisiológicas): ¡mamá, ya hice! Mommy, I've been o I've finished!
    hace dos días que no hace ( euf); he hasn't been for two days ( euph)
    hagan antes de salir go to the bathroom o toilet before we leave, you'd better go before we leave ( euph)
    hacer de cuerpo or de vientre ( frml); to move one's bowels ( frml), to have a bowel movement ( frml)
    C
    (fingir, simular): hizo (como) que no me había visto he made out o pretended he hadn't seen me
    cuando entre haz (como) que lees when she comes in, make out o pretend you're reading, when she comes in, pretend to be reading
    hice (como) que no oía I pretended I couldn't hear, I acted as if I couldn't hear
    hacer COMO SI + SUBJ:
    haz como si no supieras nada make out o pretend you don't know anything about it, act as if you don't know anything about it
    D (intentar, procurar) hacer POR + INF to try to + INF
    tienes que hacer por corregir ese genio you must try to o ( colloq) try and do something about that temper (of yours)
    tú no haces por entenderla you don't even try to understand her
    E (servir) hacer DE algo:
    esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning
    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    F (interpretar un personaje) hacer DE algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    siempre hace de `malo' he always plays the bad guy
    hizo de Hamlet he played (the part of) Hamlet
    A (+ compl)
    1 (sentar) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le va a hacer bien salir un poco it'll do her good to get out a bit
    ¡me hizo tanto bien su visita …! her visit did me such a lot of good …!
    los mejillones me hicieron muy mal ( AmL); the mussels made me really ill
    2
    ( Esp) (quedar): con los cuadros hace mucho más bonito it looks much prettier with the pictures
    esta tapa no le hace al frasco this lid doesn't fit the jar
    esta llave no le hace a la cerradura this isn't the right key for the lock
    C
    no le hace (no tiene importancia) it doesn't matter; (no sirve de excusa) that's no excuse, don't give me that ( colloq)
    ¿no le hace que tire la ceniza en este florero? do you mind if I drop the ash in this vase?
    (concernir, tocar): por lo que hace a or en cuanto hace a su solicitud as far as your application is concerned, as regards your application
    E
    ( Esp fam) (apetecer): ¿hace or te hace una cerveza? (do you) feel like a beer?, do you fancy a beer? ( BrE colloq)
    te invito a cenar a un chino ¿hace? — hace I'll take you out to a Chinese restaurant, how does that grab you? — great idea! ( colloq)
    ■
    A
    (refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico): hace frío/calor/sol/viento it's cold/hot/sunny/windy
    hace tres grados bajo cero it's three degrees below (zero)
    nos hizo un tiempo espantoso we had terrible weather
    ojalá haga buen tiempo or ( esp Esp) bueno I hope the weather's fine o nice, I hope it's nice weather
    hace sed ¿verdad? it's thirsty weather/work, isn't it?
    parece que hace hambre you/they seem to be hungry
    ¿hace sueño, niños? are you getting sleepy, children?
    B
    (expresando el tiempo transcurrido): hace dos años que murió he died two years ago, he's been dead for two years
    ¿cuándo llegaste? — hace un ratito when did you get here? — a short while ago
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?, how long is it since she left?
    lo leí hace poco I read it a short time ago
    lo había visto hacía exactamente un año I had seen him exactly one year before
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hace mucho tiempo que lo conozco or lo conozco desde hace mucho tiempo I've known him for a long time
    hace años que no lo veo or no lo veo desde hace años I haven't seen him for years o it's years since I saw him
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years, it had been years since I'd seen him
    hasta hace poco vivían en Austria they lived in Austria until recently
    A
    (producirse): hágase la luz ( Bib) let there be light
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me ha hecho un nudo en el hilo I've got a knot in the thread, the thread has a knot in it
    si no lo revuelves se te hacen grumos if you don't stir it, it goes lumpy o forms lumps
    se le ha hecho una ampolla she's got o she has a blister
    hacérsele a algn ( Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar un campeonato she finally got to win a championship
    por fin se le hizo a Mauricio con ella Mauricio finally made it with her ( colloq)
    B
    1 ( refl)
    (hacer para sí): se hace toda la ropa she makes all her (own) clothes
    se hicieron una casita they built themselves a little house
    2 ( caus)
    (hacer que otro haga): se hace la ropa en Roma she has her clothes made in Rome
    se hicieron una casita they had a little house built
    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    voy a hacerme las manos I'm going to have a manicure
    tienes que hacerte la barba you must get your beard trimmed
    C
    (causarse): me hice un tajo en el dedo I cut my finger
    ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?
    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    D
    (con las necesidades fisiológicas): todavía se hace pis/caca ( fam); she still wets herself/messes her pants
    se hace pis en la cama ( fam); he wets the bed
    ¡me estoy haciendo caca! ( fam); I'm desperate (to go to the bathroom o toilet)! ( colloq)
    E ( refl)
    (adquirir): se ha hecho un nombre en el mundo de la moda she's made a name for herself in the fashion world
    sólo conseguirás hacerte enemigos si sigues así you'll only make enemies if you keep on like that
    A
    1 (volverse, convertirse en) to become
    se quiere hacer monja she wants to become a nun
    se hizo famoso he became famous
    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    en invierno se hace de noche muy pronto in winter it gets dark very early
    vamos, se está haciendo tarde come on, it's getting late
    (+ me/te/le etc): se nos hizo de noche esperándolo it got dark while we were waiting for him
    3 (cocinarse) «pescado/guiso» to cook
    dejar que se haga a fuego lento leave to cook over a low heat
    4
    ( AmL) (pasarle a): no sé qué se habrá hecho María I don't know what can have happened to María o ( colloq) where María can have got(ten) to
    B
    (resultar): se hace muy pesado repetir lo mismo tantas veces it gets very boring having to repeat the same thing over and over again
    (+ me/te/le etc): la espera se me hizo interminable the wait seemed interminable
    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    C (dar la impresión de) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se me hace que aquí pasa algo raro I get the feeling o impression that something strange is going on around here
    se me hace que va a llover I think o I have a feeling it's going to rain
    se me hace que esta vez vas a tener suerte something tells me o I have a feeling (that) this time you're going to be lucky
    D ( causativo) hacerse + INF:
    tienes que hacerte oír/respetar you have to make people listen to you/respect you
    el desenlace no se hizo esperar the end was not long in coming
    cuando era actriz se hacía llamar Mónica Duarte when she was an actress she went by the name of Monica Duarte o she used the name Monica Duarte
    es un chico que se hace querer he's a likable kid o a kid you can't help liking
    se hizo construir una mansión he had a mansion built
    hazte ver por un médico ( AmL); go and see a doctor
    E (acostumbrarse) hacerse A algo to get used TO sth
    no me hago al clima de este país I can't get used to the weather in this country
    no consigo hacerme a la idea I can't get used to the idea
    hacerse A + INF to get used TO -ING
    no se hace a vivir solo he hasn't got used to living alone
    F
    (fingirse): no te hagas el inocente don't act all innocent
    seguro que me vio pero se hizo el loco he must have seen me but he pretended he hadn't
    ¿éste es bobo o se (lo) hace? ( fam); is this guy stupid or just a good actor? ( colloq)
    no te hagas el sordo don't pretend o make out you didn't hear me
    se hizo la que no entendía she pretended o she made out she didn't understand
    yo me hice ( Méx fam); I pretended not to notice
    G
    1 (moverse) (+ compl):
    hacerse atrás to move back
    hacerse a un lado to move to one side, to move aside
    hazte para aquí/para allá move over this way/that way
    2
    ( Col) (colocarse): ¿quieres salir en la foto? — sí ¿dónde me hago? do you want to be in the photo? — yes, where shall I stand/sit?
    H hacerse con to take
    el ejército se hizo con la ciudad the army took the city
    se hizo con una fortuna considerable he amassed a considerable fortune
    tengo que hacerme con esa información como sea I must get hold of that information somehow
    se hicieron con la empresa they took over the company
    lograron hacerse con el control de la compañía they managed to gain o get control of the company
    no creo que puedan hacerse con la copa I don't think they can win the cup
    ( AmL): se hicieron de gran fama they became very famous
    tengo que hacerme de dinero I must get o lay my hands on some money
    se han hecho de muchos amigos allí they've made a lot of friends there
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hacer algo
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hacer there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hacer to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hacer caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hacer pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hacer sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hacer la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hacer ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    hacerla buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hacer algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hacer de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hacer que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hacer a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hacer de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hacer v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hacerse a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hacerse pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    ' hacer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - aclarar
    - acopio
    - acto
    - adelantar
    - adelantamiento
    - advertir
    - alarde
    - aliviar
    - amagar
    - amarrar
    - amor
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - añicos
    - aplanar
    - aprecio
    - aprender
    - aspaviento
    - atonía
    - autostop
    - ayuno
    - balance
    - broma
    - burla
    - burrada
    - cábala
    - caballo
    - cabronada
    - caca
    - cafetera
    - caja
    - calceta
    - calentar
    - callar
    - calle
    - calor
    - cama
    - capacitar
    - capaz
    - caso
    - castigar
    - castillo
    - chantaje
    - colar
    - colada
    - colecta
    - comecome
    - comentar
    - como
    English:
    abort
    - abstain
    - abuse
    - accent
    - accentuate
    - accepted
    - accustom
    - act
    - advance
    - advertise
    - afraid
    - again
    - agitate
    - agree
    - aim at
    - aim to
    - air
    - all-out
    - amenable
    - antsy
    - apart
    - appearance
    - arm-twisting
    - as
    - assert
    - attempt
    - audition
    - authorize
    - backup
    - bake
    - balance
    - bandy about
    - bed
    - begin
    - blast
    - blind
    - blueberry
    - blur
    - boil
    - bonk
    - boohoo
    - book in
    - bounce
    - bring in
    - bubble
    - budget
    - bulldoze
    - bully
    - bundle
    - burp
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [elaborar, crear, cocinar] to make;
    hacer una fiesta to have a party;
    hacer un vestido/planes to make a dress/plans;
    hacer un poema/una sinfonía to write a poem/symphony;
    hacer un nudo to tie a knot;
    los cristianos creen que Dios hizo al hombre Christians believe that God created mankind;
    haz un poco más la carne cook the meat a bit longer;
    Fam
    tu hermano ha hecho una de las suyas your brother has been up to his usual tricks;
    Fam
    ¡buena la has hecho! you've really gone and done it now!
    2. [construir] to build;
    han hecho un edificio nuevo they've put up a new building
    3. [generar] to produce;
    el árbol hace sombra the tree gives shade;
    la carretera hace una curva there's a bend in the road
    4. [movimientos, sonidos, gestos] to make;
    le hice señas I signalled to her;
    el gato hace “miau” cats go “miaow”;
    el reloj hace tic-tac the clock goes tick-tock;
    hacer ruido to make a noise
    5. [obtener] [fotocopia] to make;
    [retrato] to paint; [fotografía] to take
    6. [realizar] [trabajo, estudios] to do;
    [viaje] to make; [comunión] to take; [sacrificio] to make; [promesa, oferta] to make; [milagro] to perform; [experimento] to do, to perform; [favor] to do; [pregunta] to ask; [declaración] to make; [crucigrama] to do;
    hacer una entrevista to do an interview;
    tengo mucho que hacer I have a lot to do;
    hoy hace guardia she's on duty today;
    estoy haciendo segundo I'm in my second year;
    hago ingeniería I'm doing o studying engineering
    7. [obrar, realizar una acción] to do;
    ¿qué habré hecho con las llaves? what have I done with the keys?;
    CSur Fam
    y mis llaves, ¿qué las hice? and my keys, now what did I do with them?;
    ¡le he dicho mil veces que eso no se hace! I've told him time and again that it's wrong to do that!;
    Fam
    haz lo que te dé la gana do whatever you want;
    ¿qué haces? vas a romper la bicicleta what are you doing o what do you think you're doing?, you're going to break the bicycle!;
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! never mind!;
    8. [practicar] [en general] to do;
    [tenis, fútbol] to play;
    debes hacer deporte you should start doing some sport
    9. [arreglar] [casa, colada] to do;
    [cama] to make; [maleta] to pack; [uñas] to do; [barba] to trim
    10. [dar aspecto a] to cause to look o seem;
    este espejo te hace gordo this mirror makes you look fat
    11. [transformar en]
    hacer a alguien feliz to make sb happy;
    la guerra no lo hizo un hombre the war didn't make him (into) a man;
    hizo pedazos el papel he tore the paper to pieces;
    hacer de algo/alguien algo to make sth/sb into sth;
    hizo de ella una buena cantante he made a good singer of her
    12. [comportarse como]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool;
    hacer el vándalo to act like a hooligan;
    hacer el ridículo to make a fool of oneself
    13. [causar]
    me hizo gracia I thought it was funny;
    un poco de aire fresco le hará bien a bit of fresh air will do her good;
    Am
    esos ñoquis me hicieron mal those gnocchi disagreed with me
    14. Cine & Teatro [papel] to play;
    [obra] to do, to perform;
    hace el papel de la hija del rey she plays (the part of) the king's daughter;
    hoy hacen una obra de Brecht today they're putting on o doing one of Brecht's plays
    15. [suponer] to think, to reckon;
    a estas horas yo te hacía en París I thought o reckoned you'd be in Paris by now;
    te hacía más joven I thought you were younger, I'd have said you were younger
    16. [ser causa de]
    hacer que alguien haga algo to make sb do sth;
    me hizo reír it made me laugh;
    has hecho que se enfadara you've made him angry;
    haces que me avergüence you make me ashamed;
    la tormenta hizo que se cancelara el concierto the storm caused the concert to be called off
    17. [mandar]
    hacer que se haga algo to have sth done;
    voy a hacer teñir este vestido I'm going to have this dress dyed;
    la hizo callarse he made her shut up
    18. [acostumbrar]
    la prisión lo hizo a la soledad prison made o got him used to being alone
    19. [cumplir]
    hizo los cincuenta la semana pasada he was fifty last week, he celebrated his fiftieth birthday last week
    20. [completar] to make;
    tres y dos hacen cinco three and two make five;
    y este huevo hace la docena and this egg makes (it) a dozen;
    hago el número seis en la lista I'm number six on the list
    21. [conseguir] to make;
    hizo una gran fortuna he made a large fortune;
    hizo muchas amistades en Australia she made a lot of friends in Australia
    22. [recorrer] to do;
    ¿cuántos kilómetros hiciste ayer? how many kilometres did you do yesterday?;
    hago dos kilómetros a pie todos los días I walk two kilometres every day
    23. [referido a necesidades fisiológicas] to do;
    Euf
    tengo que hacer mis necesidades I have to answer a call of nature;
    Fam
    los niños quieren hacer pipí the children want to have a pee
    24. [sustituyendo a otro verbo] to do;
    se negó a ir y yo hice lo mismo she refused to go and I did likewise;
    ya no puedo leer como solía hacerlo I can't read as well as I used to
    ♦ vi
    1. [intervenir, actuar]
    déjame hacer (a mí) let me do it;
    ser el que hace y deshace: en la empresa, él es el que hace y deshace he's the one who calls the shots in the company
    2.
    hacer de [trabajar] to work as;
    [servir] to serve as, to act as; Cine & Teatro [actuar] to play;
    hace de electricista he's an electrician, he works as an electrician;
    este tronco hará de asiento this tree trunk will do for somewhere to sit;
    hace de don Quijote he's playing Don Quixote
    3. [aparentar]
    hacer como si to act as if;
    haz como que no te importa act as if you don't care
    4. [procurar, intentar]
    hacer por hacer algo to try to do sth;
    haré por verle esta noche I'll try to see him tonight
    5. [proceder]
    haces mal en callarte it's wrong of you not to say anything;
    hizo bien dimitiendo she was right to resign;
    ¿cómo hay que hacer para abrir esta caja? how do you open this box?, what do you have to do to open this box?
    6. Esp Fam [apetecer]
    ¿hace un vaso de vino? would you like o Br do you fancy a glass of wine?
    7. Am [necesidades fisiológicas]
    ¿hiciste? have you done anything?;
    preciso un baño, no hice antes de salir I need to find a bathroom, I didn't go before I came out
    8. Méx Fam
    hacer(la) buena: [ojalá] [m5]dicen que te sacaste la lotería – ¡házmela buena! they say you've won the lottery – if only!;
    me ofreció empleo don Paco, voy a ver si me la hace buena Don Paco offered me a job, I'll see if he comes through for me
    9. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [profesión] to do;
    por las mañanas estudia y en la tarde le hace a la peluquería she studies in the morning and in the afternoon she does hairdressing
    10. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [droga] to do;
    ese tipo le hace a la cocaína that guy does coke
    11. Méx Fam
    hacerle a [aparentar] to pretend to be;
    le hace al tonto, pero bien que sabe he pretends to be clueless but he knows perfectly well;
    dile que no le haga al cuento tell him to stop Br spinning me a line o US jerking me around
    12. Méx Fam
    no le hagas [exclamación] come off it!, Br do me a favour!, US give me a break!;
    perdí mi libro – ¡no le hagas! I lost my book – pull the other one! o sure you did!
    13. Méx, RP
    no le hace [no importa] it doesn't matter;
    no sé si voy a poder ir – no le hace I don't know if I'll be able to go – it doesn't matter;
    ¿qué le hace? so what?, big deal!
    ♦ v impersonal
    1. [tiempo meteorológico]
    hace frío/sol/viento it's cold/sunny/windy;
    hace un día precioso it's a beautiful day;
    mañana hará mal tiempo the weather will be bad tomorrow
    2. [tiempo transcurrido]
    hace diez años ten years ago;
    hace mucho a long time ago;
    hace poco not long ago;
    hace un rato a short while ago;
    hace un mes que llegué it's a month since I arrived;
    no la veo desde hace un año I haven't seen her for a year;
    ¿cuánto hace de eso? how long ago was that?
    * * *
    <part hecho>
    I v/t
    1 ( realizar) do;
    ¡haz algo! do something!;
    hacer una pregunta ask a question;
    tengo que hacer los deberes I have to do my homework; !;
    no hace más que quejarse all he does is complain;
    no hay nada que hacer there’s nothing we can do;
    se hace lo que se puede one does one’s best;
    ¡eso no se hace! that’s just not done!
    2 ( elaborar, crear) make;
    hacer la comida make o cook a meal;
    hacer que algo ocurra make sth happen
    3 ( obligar a)
    :
    hacer que alguien haga algo make s.o. do sth;
    le hicieron ir they made him go
    4 ( cumplir)
    :
    hoy hago veinte años I am twenty today, today is my twentieth birthday
    5 ( equivaler a)
    :
    esta botella hace un litro this bottle holds a liter
    6
    :
    ¡qué le vamos a hacer! that’s life
    II v/i
    1
    :
    haces bien/mal en ir you are doing the right/wrong thing by going
    2 ( sentar)
    :
    me hace mal it’s making me ill
    3 ( servir de)
    :
    esto hará de mesa de objeto this will do as a table
    4 ( fingir)
    :
    como si act as if
    5 L.Am.
    no le hace it doesn’t matter
    6 L.Am. ( parecer)
    :
    se me hace que it seems to me that
    :
    ¿hace? fam does that sound good?
    8
    :
    hacer de malo TEA play the villain
    :
    hace calor/frío it’s hot/cold;
    hace tres días three days ago;
    hace mucho (tiempo) a long time ago, long ago;
    desde hace un año for a year
    * * *
    hacer {40} vt
    1) : to make
    2) : to do, to perform
    3) : to force, to oblige
    los hice esperar: I made them wait
    hacer vi
    : to act
    haces bien: you're doing the right thing
    hacer v impers
    hacer frío: to be cold
    hace viento: it's windy
    2)
    hace : ago
    hace mucho tiempo: a long time ago, for a long time
    3)
    no le hace : it doesn't matter, it makes no difference
    4)
    hacer falta : to be necessary, to be needed
    * * *
    hacer vb
    1. (crear, fabricar, conseguir) to make [pt. & pp. made]
    ¿has hecho la cama? have you made your bed?
    2. (una actividad, trabajo) to do [pt. did; pp. done]
    ¿qué haces? what are you doing?
    ¿qué hacen tus padres? what do your parents do?
    ¿qué has hecho en el cole hoy? what did you do at school today?
    ¿has hecho los deberes? have you done your homework?
    ¿me haces un favor? can you do me a favour?
    4. (dar cierto aspecto) to make... look...
    5. (pensar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]
    6. (aparentar) to pretend
    8. (poner) to show [pt. showed; pp. shown] / to be on
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    hacer daño to hurt [pt. & pp. hurt]
    hacer el tonto to act the fool / to mess about
    hacer señas to signal [pt. & pp. signalled]
    hacer un dibujo to draw a picture [pt. drew; pp. drawn]
    hacer una casa to build a house [pt. & pp. built]
    hacer una foto to take a photo [pt. took; pp. taken]
    hacer una redacción to write an essay [pt. wrote; pp. written]

    Spanish-English dictionary > hacer

  • 13 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 14 as

    æz (полная форма) ;
    (редуцированные формы)
    1. предл.
    1) в качестве;
    как He was employed as a teacher ≈ Он служил учителем. As a writer, he's wonderful ≈ Как писатель, он прекрасен. This is regarded as his best novel ≈ Это считается лучшим его романом. She was dressed as a man ≈ Она была одета мужчиной.
    2) в бытность A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man. ≈ Портрет художника в юности.
    2. нареч.
    1) как
    2) как например
    3) в качестве (кого-л.)
    3. мест.;
    относ.
    1) вводит придаточные определительные предложения или обороты с such, the same, so в главном предложении какой, который, как, что He did the same thing as you. ≈ Он сделал то же, что и ты.
    2) вводит придаточные определительные предложения, относящиеся ко всему главному что, как He is a foreigner, as is evident from his accent. ≈ Он иностранец, что видно по акценту. as you can see, he is alone. ≈ Как видишь, он один. Syn: that
    1., who, which
    вводит придаточные определительные предложения или обороты с such, the same или so в главном предложении какой, который, как, что - he came the same day as you он приехал в один день с вами вводит придаточные определительные предложения, относящиеся ко всему главному предложению что, и это - he was telling the truth, as you could see by his face он говорил правду, что было видно по его лицу как (например) - some animals as the fox and the squirrel have bushy tails у некоторых животных, как (например) у лис и белок, пушистые хвосты как, одинаково - deaf as a post глухой как пень - late as usual опоздал как всегда - as such как таковой - man as man человек как таковой в сочетаниях - as for что касается, что до - as for that book I don't like it что касается этой книги, то мне она не нравится - as from a date to be specified с даты, которая будет определена позднее - I'm resigning from the committee as from now я выхожу из состава комитета с сего числа - as much так - I thought as much я так и думал - as of (американизм) что касается, что до - as per( коммерческое) (канцелярское) согласно - as per order согласно прилагаемой копии - as to относительно, о - he said nothing as to wages он ничего не сказал относительно заработной платы что до, что касается - as to you, you can do whatever you like что касается вас, то можете делать все, что хотите - I am not certain as to whether this is true я не уверен, правда это или нет - as well с таким же успехом;
    желательно, лучше - you may just as well stay вы можете с таким же успехом остаться - we might as well begin at once хорошо было бы начать сразу - you might as well go вы бы лучше пошли также, к тому же - he takes English lessons on Mondays and Fridays as well он занимается английским по понедельникм, а также по пятницам - as yet до сих пор;
    пока еще - there has been no change as yet пока еще нет перемен в придаточных предложениях и обстоятельственных оборотах времени (часто just as) когда;
    в то время как, по мере того как - as I was coming here I lost my key когда я шел сюда, я потерял ключ - as he finished his speech (как раз) в тот момент, когда он кончил говорить - she sang as she worked работая, она пела в придаточных предложениях причины так как, поскольку, раз - as I am here, I'd better stay раз я уже здесь, я лучше останусь - covered with dust as he was, he didn't want to come in он не хотел входить, так как был весь в пыли в придаточных предложениях образа действия как - he will do as he likes он поступит как захочет - they rose as one man они поднялись все как один вводит обстоятельственные обороты сравнения как;
    подобно тому как - white as snow белый как снег - in the same way as before как и раньше - do as I do делай как я вводит предикатив и другие члены предложения со значением как, в качестве;
    передается твор падежом - to work as teacher работать учителем - he introduced her as his sister он представил ее как свою сестру - he appeared as King Lear он выступил в роли короля Лира - it is regarded as an accident это рассматривается как несчастный случай - as a very old friend of your father как старый друг вашего отца - he meant it as a joke он сказал это в шутку (в сочетании с so) вводит инфинитив результата и цели чтобы;
    что - he is not so foolish as to do that он не так глуп, чтобы сделать это - be so good as to send in to me будьте добры прислать это мне употребляется во вводных словах и предложениях как - as you know как вы знаете, как известно - as seems better to you как вам кажется лучше - as is common как принято - as it happens оказывается, между прочим - as it happens he is a friend of mine между прочим, он мой друг - they were looking for a flat, as arranged как было условлено, они искали квартиру в сочетаниях - as against по сравнению - as if словно, как будто - he looks as if the had seen a ghost у него такой вид, словно привидение увидел - as if you didn't know that! уж будто бы вы этого не знали! - as it is в действительности, и так;
    однако - we hoped things would get better but as it is they are getting worse мы надеялись, что положение улучшится, но в действительности оно ухудшается - you have too many friends as it is у вас и так слишком много друзей - bad as it is, it could be worse как это ни плохо, однако могло быть и хуже - as is (разговорное) как есть;
    в том состоянии, в котором что-либо находится - we bought the table as is мы купили стол, как он есть( коммерческое) без гарантии качества - as is sale продажа товара на условии "как есть", без гарантии качества - as it stands без перемен, так - as it stands, it is good enough в таком виде это не так уже плохо - as it was как ни, хотя - tired as they were, they continued their way как они ни устали, они продолжали свой путь - strange as it may seem как ни странно - try as they would как бы они ни старались - she was near enough to tears as it was она и без того чуть не плакала - as... so как... так (и) - as A is to B, so B is to C А относится к В, как В относится к С - as fire warms the body so does kindness warm the heart огонь согревает тело, доброта - душу - as you treat me, so will I treat you как вы относитесь ко мне, так и я буду относиться к вам - as though = as if - it looks as though it might rain похоже, (что) пойдет дождь > as you were! (военное) отставить! > as you do! (морское) так держать! (команда) > as who should say (устаревшее) так сказать;
    если можно так выразиться > as things, persons go что касается чего-либо, кого-либо > he is quite well-behaved as boys go для мальчика он довольно хорошо себя ведет > it was very cheap as prices of cars go учитывая нынешние цены на автомобили, мы купили машину дешево( историческое) ас (древнеримская мера веса) (историческое) ас (древнеримская бронзовая монета)
    as в качестве (кого-л.) ;
    to appear as Hamlet выступить в роли Гамлета;
    to work as a teacher работать преподавателем
    as в качестве (кого-л.) ;
    to appear as Hamlet выступить в роли Гамлета;
    to work as a teacher работать преподавателем ~ как;
    do as you are told делайте как (вам) сказано;
    as per order ком. согласно заказу ~ как например;
    some animals, as the fox and the wolf некоторые животные, как например лиса и волк ~ pron rel. какой, который;
    this is the same book as I lost это такая же книга, как та, что я потерял ~ cj когда, в то время как (тж. just as) ;
    he came in as I was speaking он вошел, когда я говорил;
    just as I reached the door как только я подошел к двери ~ cj так как;
    I could not stay, as it was late я не мог оставаться, так как было уже поздно ~ cj хотя;
    как ни;
    cunning as he is he won't deceive me как он ни хитер, меня он не проведет;
    I was glad of his help, slight as it was я был рад его помощи, хотя она была и незначительна ~ pron rel. что;
    he was a foreigner as they perceived from his accent акцент выдавал в нем иностранца ~... ~... так же... как;
    he is as tall as you are он такого же роста, как и вы ~... ~... так же... как;
    he is as tall as you are он такого же роста, как и вы
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить! concern: ~ касаться, иметь отношение;
    as concerns что касается;
    as far as his conduct is concerned что касается его поведения;
    his life is concerned речь идет о его жизни
    ~ far ~ насколько;
    as far as I know насколько мне известно;
    as far back as 1920 еще в 1920 году;
    as far back as two years ago еще два года тому назад ~ far ~ так далеко;
    до;
    I will go as far as the station with you я провожу вас до станции
    ~ far ~ насколько;
    as far as I know насколько мне известно;
    as far back as 1920 еще в 1920 году;
    as far back as two years ago еще два года тому назад
    ~ far ~ насколько;
    as far as I know насколько мне известно;
    as far back as 1920 еще в 1920 году;
    as far back as two years ago еще два года тому назад
    ~ far ~ насколько;
    as far as I know насколько мне известно;
    as far back as 1920 еще в 1920 году;
    as far back as two years ago еще два года тому назад
    ~ for что касается, что до;
    as for me, you may rely upon me что касается меня, то можете на меня положиться
    ~ for что касается, что до;
    as for me, you may rely upon me что касается меня, то можете на меня положиться for: ~ all that I wouldn't talk like that и все-таки я бы так не говорил;
    as for me, for all I care что касается меня
    ~ good ~ все равно что;
    фактически;
    the work is as good as done работа фактически закончена good: ~ hour смертный час;
    as good as все равно что;
    почти
    ~ if как будто ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ is вчт. "как есть" (без поддержки и гарантий)
    ~ cj так как;
    I could not stay, as it was late я не мог оставаться, так как было уже поздно
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ much ~ сколько;
    as much as you like сколько хотите;
    I thought as much я так и думал
    ~ much ~ сколько;
    as much as you like сколько хотите;
    I thought as much я так и думал
    ~ of что касается
    ~ per в соответствии ~ per согласно
    ~ как;
    do as you are told делайте как (вам) сказано;
    as per order ком. согласно заказу
    ~ publication goes to press инф. после сдачи публикации в печать
    ~ required by prudence из соображений осторожности
    ~ как например;
    some animals, as the fox and the wolf некоторые животные, как например лиса и волк
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ well с таким же успехом ~ well также;
    I can do it as well я также могу это сделать
    ~ yet пока еще, до сих пор;
    there have been no letters from him as yet от него еще пока нет писем yet: ~ до сих пор, когда-либо;
    it is the largest specimen yet found это самый крупный экземпляр из найденных до сих пор;
    as yet все еще, пока, до сих пор
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ cj хотя;
    как ни;
    cunning as he is he won't deceive me как он ни хитер, меня он не проведет;
    I was glad of his help, slight as it was я был рад его помощи, хотя она была и незначительна
    ~ как;
    do as you are told делайте как (вам) сказано;
    as per order ком. согласно заказу
    ~ cj когда, в то время как (тж. just as) ;
    he came in as I was speaking он вошел, когда я говорил;
    just as I reached the door как только я подошел к двери
    ~... ~... так же... как;
    he is as tall as you are он такого же роста, как и вы
    ~ pron rel. что;
    he was a foreigner as they perceived from his accent акцент выдавал в нем иностранца
    ~ well также;
    I can do it as well я также могу это сделать
    ~ cj так как;
    I could not stay, as it was late я не мог оставаться, так как было уже поздно
    ~ much ~ сколько;
    as much as you like сколько хотите;
    I thought as much я так и думал think: ~ ожидать, предполагать;
    I thought as much я так и предполагал
    ~ cj хотя;
    как ни;
    cunning as he is he won't deceive me как он ни хитер, меня он не проведет;
    I was glad of his help, slight as it was я был рад его помощи, хотя она была и незначительна
    ~ far ~ так далеко;
    до;
    I will go as far as the station with you я провожу вас до станции
    ~ cj когда, в то время как (тж. just as) ;
    he came in as I was speaking он вошел, когда я говорил;
    just as I reached the door как только я подошел к двери
    ~ cj хотя;
    как ни;
    cunning as he is he won't deceive me как он ни хитер, меня он не проведет;
    I was glad of his help, slight as it was я был рад его помощи, хотя она была и незначительна
    ~ как например;
    some animals, as the fox and the wolf некоторые животные, как например лиса и волк
    ~ yet пока еще, до сих пор;
    there have been no letters from him as yet от него еще пока нет писем
    ~ it were так сказать;
    as though = as if;
    as to, as concerning, as concerns относительно, что касается;
    they inquired as to the actual reason они осведомились об истинной причине;
    as you were! воен. отставить!
    ~ pron rel. какой, который;
    this is the same book as I lost это такая же книга, как та, что я потерял
    as в качестве (кого-л.) ;
    to appear as Hamlet выступить в роли Гамлета;
    to work as a teacher работать преподавателем
    ~ good ~ все равно что;
    фактически;
    the work is as good as done работа фактически закончена
    ~ for что касается, что до;
    as for me, you may rely upon me что касается меня, то можете на меня положиться

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > as

  • 15 volo

    1.
    vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;

    also volt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:

    voltis,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;

    so volint,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:

    sis for si vis,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:

    sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    With object-infinitive.
    1.
    With pres. inf.
    a.
    To wish.
    (α).
    Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:

    potare ego hodie tecum volo,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:

    ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,

    id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:

    ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:

    natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,

    Lucr. 5, 177:

    video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:

    quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?

    id. ib. 1, 15, 34:

    si innocentes existimari volumus,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:

    quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,

    id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:

    quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7:

    si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,

    id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,

    Sall. J. 31, 23:

    si haec relinquere voltis,

    id. C. 58, 15:

    priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,

    Liv. 3, 53, 7:

    si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,

    id. 21, 21, 5:

    non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,

    id. 2, 59, 2:

    suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,

    Suet. Caes. 85:

    Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—
    (β).
    Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:

    neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,

    Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—
    b.
    Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:

    in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:

    maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:

    consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,

    Liv. 23, 45, 9.—
    c.
    = in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:

    ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:

    eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:

    puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:

    necare candem voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:

    hostis hostem occidere volui,

    Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;

    volui... ferro interficere (ironically),

    id. 40, 13, 2:

    tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,

    the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:

    non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,

    Quint. 9, 2, 85.—

    Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,

    Sen. Ep. 117, 24:

    sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:

    cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,

    id. Sen. 1, 2:

    ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:

    bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,

    id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:

    ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:

    at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,

    it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:

    eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,

    his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:

    cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,

    when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:

    si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:

    (plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,

    Liv. 23, 2, 7:

    rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,

    id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:

    ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—
    d.
    = studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:

    quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 20, 75:

    nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,

    id. Or. 2, 77, 315:

    de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,

    that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:

    audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?

    do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—
    e.
    To mean, of actions and expressions:

    hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,

    the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:

    non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):

    quid aliud volui dicere?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:

    volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:

    adduxi volui dicere,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—
    f.
    To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:

    nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:

    sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,

    id. Men. 1, 3, 13:

    sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:

    si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,

    Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:

    ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:

    hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —
    g.
    To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):

    quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:

    quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:

    si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,

    Liv. 22, 56, 7:

    at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,

    Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:

    P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,

    Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—
    h.
    Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:

    sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,

    id. Poen. prol. 50:

    vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,

    id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:

    i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,

    id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:

    illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,

    id. ib. 1, 47, 112:

    ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,

    Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:

    si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,

    Curt. 4, 16, 33:

    ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5:

    visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?

    id. 8, 7, 7:

    volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,

    Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—
    k.
    Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):

    uti tamen tuo consilio volui,

    still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—
    1.
    To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:

    is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,

    likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:

    hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:

    ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,

    Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:

    plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,

    Suet. Caes. 68:

    dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:

    heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:

    cum alter verum audire non vult,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,

    refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—
    m.
    To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;

    si jussus est, necessitati,

    if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:

    utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:

    de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,

    on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:

    laedere numquam velimus,

    Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:

    vivere noluit qui mori non vult,

    who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—
    n.
    To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):

    haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,

    in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,

    pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:

    Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,

    id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—
    o.
    To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):

    magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,

    that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—
    2.
    With pres. inf. understood.
    a.
    Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.
    (α).
    To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):

    nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,

    as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:

    proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,

    Lucr. 3, 1090:

    nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:

    tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:

    sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 81:

    quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,

    id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:

    neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,

    Hor. A. P. 348.—
    (β).
    To choose, be pleased (freq.):

    tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:

    id repetundi copia est, quando velis,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:

    habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,

    Cic. Cael. 13, 31:

    rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:

    provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?

    id. Sest. 39, 84:

    quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,

    Liv. 21, 18, 14:

    senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,

    id. 4, 51, 2:

    saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,

    id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;

    26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,

    Suet. Aug. 66:

    at tu quantum vis tolle,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—
    (γ).
    To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):

    sine me pervenire quo volo,

    let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:

    scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,

    as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:

    ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,

    Liv. 2, 45, 12. —
    (δ).
    To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:

    jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:

    patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),

    that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—
    (ε).
    To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):

    tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—
    b.
    With ellipsis of inf.
    (α).
    Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:

    nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,

    I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:

    volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,

    id. ib. 14, 7, 2:

    hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),

    Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —
    (β).
    With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—
    (γ).
    In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—
    3.
    With perfect infinitive active (rare).
    a.
    In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).
    (α).
    In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:

    edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,

    id. 39, 17, 3. —
    (β).
    In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:

    oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),

    Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:

    ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—
    b.
    In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:

    sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),

    which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—
    c.
    To represent the will as referring to a completed action.
    (α).
    In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—
    (β).
    In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,

    an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?

    Pers. 1, 41:

    qui me volet incurvasse querela,

    id. 1, 91.
    B.
    With acc. and inf.
    1.
    To wish (v. A. 1. a.).
    a.
    With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:

    deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,

    id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:

    emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,

    id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:

    scin' quid nunc te facere volo?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:

    si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:

    consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:

    vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,

    id. Sest. 42, 92:

    nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    hoc te scire volui,

    id. Att. 7, 18, 4:

    harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 16:

    ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,

    Liv. 4, 38, 2:

    si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:

    si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,

    id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    regnari tamen omnes volebant,

    that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:

    mihi volo ignosci,

    I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:

    volt sibi quisque credi,

    Liv. 22, 22, 14. —
    b.
    With the same subject.
    (α).
    With inf. act.:

    quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,

    what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:

    volo me placere Philolachi,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:

    judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    vult, credo, se esse carum suis,

    id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —
    (β).
    With inf. pass.:

    quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,

    Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:

    qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:

    religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2:

    Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,

    Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —
    2.
    Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:

    me absente neminem volo intromitti,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:

    viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:

    pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:

    (deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,

    id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:

    causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:

    quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,

    Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:

    senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:

    quid fieri velit praecipit,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 56:

    ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,

    id. ib. 7, 16:

    quid fieri vellet ostendit,

    id. ib. 7, 27:

    quae fieri vellet edocuit,

    id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:

    quid fieri vellet edixit,

    Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:

    sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,

    Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —
    3.
    Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:

    Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,

    Plaut. As. prol. 12:

    Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,

    has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:

    primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,

    id. Rud. prol. 33:

    quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,

    meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:

    si non hoc intellegi volumus,

    id. Fat. 18, 41:

    quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:

    quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,

    Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—
    4.
    To resolve:

    Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:

    si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,

    if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:

    senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §

    160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 45:

    tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,

    Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,
    5.
    To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:

    montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,

    which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:

    ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,

    id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—
    6.
    To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):

    obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,

    they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:

    Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,

    id. 24, 4, 5:

    petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),

    id. 42, 19, 5:

    orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,

    id. 3, 69, 5:

    quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?

    id. 25, 28, 8:

    si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,

    Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:

    cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—
    7.
    To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:

    voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,

    Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    (Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,

    Quint. 8, 3, 43:

    vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,

    id. 9, 4, 137:

    si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —
    8.
    To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.
    (α).
    To imagine, consider:

    est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,

    Cic. Lael. 26, 98:

    si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,

    Liv. 6, 40, 13.—
    (β).
    To be of opinion, to hold:

    vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:

    volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,

    id. Div. 2, 44, 93:

    vultis evenire omnia fato,

    id. ib. 2, 9, 24:

    alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,

    id. Fat. 19, 45:

    vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,

    id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:

    volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—
    (γ).
    To say, assert:

    si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,

    as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:

    sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 23:

    ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:

    Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—
    (δ).
    To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:

    unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,

    Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—
    (ε).
    To mean, with perf. inf.:

    utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?

    Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:

    quam primum istud, quod esse vis?

    what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:

    ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,

    what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—
    9.
    In partic.
    a.
    With things as subjects.
    (α).
    Things personified:

    ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,

    would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:

    cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,

    which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:

    quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?

    what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:

    me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,

    Prop. 1, 6, 25:

    hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,

    id. 1, 6, 30.—
    (β).
    Of laws, to provide:

    duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,

    Cic. Mil. 3, 9:

    lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,

    Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—
    b.
    With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.
    (α).
    The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:

    nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,

    id. Or. 1, 59, 253:

    propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,

    id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:

    daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,

    Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:

    sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—
    (β).
    With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:

    aunt qui volum te conventam,

    who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:

    eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,

    if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:

    nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,

    id. Att. 8, 3, 4:

    rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:

    Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,

    Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;

    26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,

    Quint. 8, 3, 21:

    si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,

    Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:

    velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:

    liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:

    obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,

    id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:

    quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,

    Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:

    quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,

    Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:

    volo amori ejus obsecutum,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—
    c.
    With predic. adj., without copula.
    (α).
    The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):

    si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,

    if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:

    ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,

    id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:

    ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,

    id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:

    quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:

    irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,

    Liv. 22, 53, 7.—
    (β).
    Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):

    in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),

    when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    volo me patris mei similem,

    I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:

    qui vero se populares volunt,

    who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:

    ut integrum se salvumque velit,

    id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,

    id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —
    d.
    With an inf.-clause understood.
    (α).
    Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:

    stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:

    senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,

    Cic. Mil. 5, 12:

    neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),

    id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—
    (β).
    Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:

    deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—
    (γ).
    To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):

    acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—
    (δ).
    To require, demand (v B. 7.):

    veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,

    Liv. 39, 37, 17;

    and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),

    Hor. A. P. 71.—
    (ε).
    To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):

    ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:

    nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,

    id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—
    (ζ).
    With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:

    volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),

    Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.
    C.
    With ut, ne, or ut ne.
    1.
    With ut.
    a.
    To wish:

    volo ut quod jubebo facias,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:

    quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,

    id. Most. 5, 1, 49:

    ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,

    id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:

    velim ut tibi amicus sit,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:

    quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,

    id. ib. 11, 11, 2:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,

    id. Sull. 1, 1:

    equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),

    id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:

    his ut sit digna puella volo,

    Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—
    b.
    It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):

    at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:

    volo ut mihi respondeas,

    Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;

    12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,

    Liv. 1, 16, 7.—
    c.
    To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:

    id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—
    d.
    With other verbs:

    quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:

    quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;

    with opto,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;

    with laboro,

    Liv. 42, 14, 3;

    with aequum censere,

    id. 39, 19, 7.—
    2.
    With ne:

    at ne videas velim,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:

    quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:

    credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,

    intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—
    3.
    With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.
    D.
    With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).
    1.
    To wish:

    ergo animum advortas volo,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:

    volo amet me patrem,

    id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:

    hoc volo agatis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:

    ducas volo hodie uxorem,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:

    quid vis faciam?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:

    volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?

    Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:

    Othonem vincas volo,

    id. ib. 13, 29, 2:

    eas litteras volo habeas,

    id. ib. 13, 32, 3:

    visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:

    volo, inquis, sciat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:

    volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,

    id. Brut. 84, 290.—
    3.
    With subj.-clause understood:

    abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.
    E.
    With object nouns, etc.
    1.
    With acc. of a thing.
    a.
    With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:

    voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:

    animo male est: aquam velim,

    id. Am. 5, 1, 6:

    quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,

    id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,

    gratiam tuam,

    id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:

    aquam,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 34:

    discidium,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:

    mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,

    I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:

    non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,

    id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):

    si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:

    pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,

    Liv. 7, 40, 18:

    ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,

    Tac. A. 6, 26:

    cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,

    Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:

    mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,

    Mart. 5, 78, 11.—
    b.
    Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:

    quorum isti neutrum volunt,

    acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:

    voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,

    we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:

    restat ut omnes unum velint,

    hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:

    si plura velim,

    if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:

    per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,

    that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:

    ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,

    that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:

    utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,

    which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:

    ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,

    mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:

    quis enim pudor omnia velle?

    to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—
    c.
    With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:

    immo faenus: id primum volo,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:

    proximum quod sit bono... id volo,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:

    nisi ea quae tu vis volo,

    unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:

    siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:

    hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,

    who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:

    privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,

    id. Off. 1, 34, 124:

    quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,

    Sen. Ep. 20, 5:

    pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,

    id. ib. 27, 2:

    nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,

    Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:

    hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),

    Verg. A. 2, 104:

    hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),

    Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—
    d.
    With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:

    eloquere quid velis,

    id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:

    sed plane quid velit nescio,

    what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:

    mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,

    to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:

    quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?

    what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:

    quid amplius vis?

    Hor. Epod. 17, 30:

    spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,

    we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:

    capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,

    what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:

    sed tamen intellego quid velit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:

    quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:

    hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,

    Ov. H. 11, 96.—
    e.
    With rel. pron.:

    quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:

    ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,

    that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:

    illi quae volo concedere,

    to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:

    si illud quod volumus dicitur,

    what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:

    multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:

    quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,

    Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:

    quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,

    id. Marcell. 1, 1:

    uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31:

    satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,

    to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:

    sed quod volebant non... expediebant,

    their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:

    illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,

    Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:

    bis sumpsit quod voluit,

    he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:

    cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,

    whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:

    Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,

    whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—
    f.
    With indef. pronn.
    (α).
    Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:

    eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —
    (β).
    Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:

    ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:

    nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—
    (γ).
    Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:

    visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:

    numquid vis aliud?

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:

    numquid vellem rogavit,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:

    frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,

    Liv. 6, 34, 7:

    rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—
    2.
    With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.
    (α).
    To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):

    Demenaetum volebam,

    I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:

    bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:

    solus te solum volo,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:

    quia non est intus quem ego volo,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:

    hae oves volunt vos,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:

    quis me volt? Perii, pater est,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:

    centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,

    Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):

    volo te verbis pauculis,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:

    sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,

    id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:

    Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—
    (β).
    To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):

    hanc volo (= amo),

    Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:

    sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 38:

    quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:

    aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,

    Lucr. 4, 1152:

    quam volui nota fit arte mea,

    Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—
    (γ).
    To wish to have:

    roga, velitne an non uxorem,

    whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:

    ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),

    Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—

    With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,

    that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—
    3.
    With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;

    not in Cic.): numquid me vis?

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:

    face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:

    num quidpiam me vis aliud?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:

    nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,

    id. As. 1, 1, 74:

    narrabit ultro quid sese velis,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:

    quid me voluisti?

    id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:

    numquid aliud me vis?

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:

    quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,

    id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:

    si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 34:

    cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):

    paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:

    est quod te volo secreto,

    id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—
    4.
    With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;

    rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:

    si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:

    praesidium velle se senectuti suae,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 44:

    nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,

    Cic. Clu. 66, 188:

    rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,

    Tac. A. 12, 11:

    cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,

    to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?
    a.
    Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):

    quid aliud tibi vis?

    what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:

    haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,

    be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—
    b.
    What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).
    (α).
    In 1 st pers. (rare):

    nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,

    and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:

    quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    In 2 d pers.:

    quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,

    what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:

    quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?

    id. ib. 4, 7, 34:

    quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?

    what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:

    quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?

    id. ib. 5, 6, 6:

    quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?

    id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:

    roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,

    Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:

    pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?

    Liv. 3, 67, 7.—
    (γ).
    In 3 d pers.:

    quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:

    quid hic volt veterator sibi?

    id. ib. 2, 6, 26:

    proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?

    Cic. Dom. 11, 29:

    quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:

    conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),

    Liv. 3, 35, 5:

    qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,

    id. 3, 50, 15:

    quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?

    Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—
    (δ).
    Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:

    ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,

    id. Eun. prol. 45:

    quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:

    quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §

    186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,

    what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:

    quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?

    Liv. 40, 12, 14:

    tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?

    Ov. M. 9, 473.—
    5.
    Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:

    jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:

    ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,

    id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:

    egone illi ut non bene vellem?

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:

    nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:

    quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:

    atque isti etiam parum male volo,

    id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:

    utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:

    non sibi male vult,

    he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:

    nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:

    illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,

    id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—
    6.
    With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.
    (α).
    With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:

    repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,

    that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:

    accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,

    id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—
    (β).
    Without omnia:

    per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,

    Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:

    sed et Phameae causa volebam,

    id. ib. 13, 49, 1:

    etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,

    id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:

    valde enim ejus causa volo,

    id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:

    illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 6;

    12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 2:

    regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 1:

    credo tua causa velle Lentulum,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—
    7.
    With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:

    meus vir veniat velim),

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:

    nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,

    id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:

    nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,

    id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:

    saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,

    id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).
    F.
    Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:

    quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,

    I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:

    quis est cui velle non liceat?

    who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:

    in magnis et voluisse sat est,

    Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:

    tarde velle nolentis est,

    slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:

    quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,

    the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:

    sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,

    that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,

    his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,

    Mart. 5, 83, 2:

    velle suum cuique est,

    each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.
    1.
    In imperative sentences.
    a.
    In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:

    nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,

    do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:

    nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,

    id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:

    noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,

    Nep. Att. 4, 2.—
    b.
    Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:

    neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),

    Ov. H. 1, 80.—
    c.
    In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;

    rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),

    Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:

    di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),

    id. P. 1, 7, 8:

    credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),

    Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —
    d.
    In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:

    aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),

    Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:

    monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,

    id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:

    et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):

    legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:

    a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),

    id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:

    utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),

    id. Att. 11, 7, 7:

    cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),

    Verg. A. 11, 153:

    edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—
    2.
    In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:

    non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:

    si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:

    si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),

    if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:

    si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),

    id. Fat. 14, 32:

    dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;

    so,

    id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:

    qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:

    conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,

    if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:

    quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,

    id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:

    ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;

    Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:

    ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3:

    quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:

    nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—
    3.
    In declarative sentences.
    a.
    Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):

    vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:

    justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,

    id. Am. prol. 33:

    illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 8:

    sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:

    illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,

    Liv. 1, 23, 8:

    quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:

    esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—
    b.
    With pres. inf.:

    propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:

    sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—
    c.
    With perf. act. inf.:

    pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—
    d.
    In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:

    eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:

    si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §

    114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),

    Liv. 9, 7, 11:

    talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),

    Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:

    utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),

    id. 4, 7, ext. 2:

    sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.
    B.
    Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.
    1.
    With verb in the second person.
    a.
    With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.
    (α).
    As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:

    ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:

    eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,

    Cic. Att. 12, 53:

    eum salvere jubeas velim,

    id. ib. 7, 7, 7:

    velim me facias certiorem, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 19, 9:

    tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,

    id. ib. 1, 12, 4:

    velim mihi ignoscas,

    id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:

    tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,

    id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:

    haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,

    Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:

    Musa velim memores, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—
    (β).
    Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):

    vera dicas velim,

    I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:

    quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,

    Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:

    ipse velim poenas experiare meas,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;

    so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—
    b.
    With infinitive clause.
    (α).
    With the force of a modest imperative:

    sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:

    extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,

    Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):

    itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 10.—
    (β).
    As a mere wish:

    velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:

    primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:

    hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,

    Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    With ut (rare):

    de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —
    d.
    With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—
    2.
    With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.
    a.
    With pres. subj.:

    ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:

    de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:

    velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,

    Liv. 23, 12, 15:

    sint haec vera velim,

    Verg. Cir. 306:

    nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,

    Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:

    tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,

    Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:

    velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),

    Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—
    b.
    With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):

    nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause:

    ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:

    velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;

    deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:

    quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,

    Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:

    moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,

    id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:

    nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,

    Liv. 2, 37, 4.—
    3.
    With verb in the first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres. (so most freq.):

    atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:

    velim scire ecquid de te recordere,

    id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:

    quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,

    id. Att. 11, 9, 3:

    nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,

    id. Sen. 23, 83:

    sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,

    Liv. 23, 12, 7:

    interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,

    Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—
    b.
    With acc. and inf.:

    quod velis, modo id velim me scire,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:

    ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,

    Liv. 22, 7, 4.—
    c.
    With subj. pres.:

    eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,

    Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—
    4.
    Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:

    aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:

    velim, si fieri possit,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:

    si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),

    id. ib. 2, 4, 26:

    si possim, velim,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:

    nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,

    Cic. Brut. 83, 287:

    si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—
    5.
    The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).
    a.
    Velis.
    (α).
    Imperatively = cupito:

    quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:

    atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,

    Verg. Cir. 331.—
    (β).
    Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—
    (γ).
    Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—
    b.
    Velit.
    (α).
    Modestly for vult:

    te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,

    Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:

    ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?

    Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—
    (β).
    = imperative of third person:

    arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,

    Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—
    c.
    Velimus.
    (α).
    In the optative sense of velim:

    sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—
    (β).
    With imperative sense (= let us, we should, etc.), Quint. 6, 3, 28 (v. I. A. 2. d. supra).—
    d.
    Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):

    novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,

    Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:

    rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 10, 2:

    velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,

    id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:

    velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,

    Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:

    rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,

    Liv. 31, 6, 1:

    vellent juberentne se regnare,

    id. 1, 46, 1; cf.

    in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,

    id. 26, 33, 14.—
    e.
    Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).
    C.
    Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:

    de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,

    Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:

    quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.
    1.
    With verb in first person.
    a.
    With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:

    videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:

    vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,

    Cic. Sen. 10, 32:

    vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 68, 9:

    quam fieri vellem meus libellus!

    Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:

    nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:

    tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:

    maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),

    Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:

    certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:

    sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),

    Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—
    b.
    With perf. inf., I wish I had:

    abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,

    I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:

    maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:

    quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 10:

    non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:

    ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,

    Verg. A. 11, 303. —
    c.
    With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):

    virum me natam vellem,

    would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—
    d.
    With subj. imperf. (rare):

    quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—
    2.
    The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.
    a.
    With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):

    hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,

    I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:

    quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,

    I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—
    b.
    With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:

    vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:

    quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,

    id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:

    vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,

    id. Att. 10, 6, 2:

    quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,

    id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—
    c.
    With ne and pluperf. subj.:

    tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—
    d.
    With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—
    3.
    With verb in third person.
    a.
    With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):

    patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:

    vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1:

    vellem adesse posset Panaetius,

    id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:

    vellem hoc esset laborare,

    id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,

    Cic. Cael. 3, 7:

    vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,

    id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:

    quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!

    Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—
    c.
    With inf.-clause.
    (α).
    With inf. pres., I wish he were:

    quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!

    Cic. Clu. 70, 198:

    nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,

    Ov. F. 2, 120.—
    (β).
    With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:

    quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:

    epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,

    Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—

    With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),

    Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—
    d.
    With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—
    4.
    With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:

    aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,

    Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—
    5.
    In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).
    a.
    Velles.
    (α).
    In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—
    (β).
    Of an indefinite subject:

    velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 130.—
    b.
    Vellet.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;

    sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,

    Ov. M. 3, 247.—
    (β).
    Conditionally:

    quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?

    Ov. H. 12, 146.—
    c.
    Vellent.
    (α).
    In the potential sense of vellem:

    quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!

    Verg. A. 6, 436.—
    (β).
    Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.
    D.
    Volam and voluero.
    1.
    In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;

    si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,

    Dig. 45, 1, 112.—
    2.
    Volam in principal sentences.
    (α).
    = Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:

    et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,

    I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—
    (β).
    Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—
    3.
    In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:

    quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?

    otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:

    tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,

    then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:

    decedes cum voles,

    id. Att. 6, 3, 2:

    qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?

    those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:

    quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,

    Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:

    invenies, vere si reperire voles,

    Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:

    quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,

    who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.
    E.
    Si vis, parenthetically.
    1.
    If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):

    paulum opperirier, Si vis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:

    audi, si vis, nunc jam,

    id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:

    dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—
    2.
    If you wish, choose, insist upon it:

    hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:

    addam, si vis, animi, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 27, 89:

    concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,

    id. Div. 2, 15, 34.
    F.
    Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.
    1.
    3 d pers. sing.:

    quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),

    however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,

    id. Div. 1, 26, 56:

    quam volet jocetur,

    id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—
    2.
    1 st pers. plur.:

    quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—
    3.
    2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;

    but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,

    as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—
    4.
    3 d pers. plur.:

    quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:

    quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,

    id. Cael. 28, 67;

    but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,

    as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.
    G.
    Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):

    quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:

    malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,

    Liv. 3, 68, 11:

    famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?

    id. 25, 29, 6.
    H.
    With magis and maxime.
    1.
    Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—
    2.
    With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):

    quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,

    wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:

    maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 1, 1:

    caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,

    which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:

    tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,

    above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:

    alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,

    as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:

    si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,

    in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.
    K.
    In disjunctive co - ordination.
    1.
    With sive... sive:

    tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,

    whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:

    itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,

    Liv. 8, 2, 13.—
    2.
    Without connectives.
    a.
    Vis tu... vis:

    congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?

    Liv. 25, 6, 22.—
    b.
    Velim nolim.
    (α).
    Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:

    velit nolit scire, difficile est,

    it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—
    (β).
    = seu velim seu nolim:

    ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,

    whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:

    mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:

    hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,

    id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:

    velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,

    id. Ep. 117, 4:

    praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,

    Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.
    A.
    As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.
    1.
    Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;

    rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),

    Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:

    nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),

    id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:

    Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,

    id. 15, 16, 3:

    scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,

    Dig. 40, 4, 61:

    si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,

    ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—
    2.
    Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):

    ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,

    except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,

    Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,

    with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:

    ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,

    since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —
    B.
    As adj., willing, voluntary, and hence, favorably disposed (opp. invitus).
    1.
    Attributively.
    a.
    In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):

    sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:

    cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:

    virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,

    Sall. J. 14, 19.—
    b.
    Volenti animo.
    (α).
    = cupide, eagerly:

    Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,

    Sall. J. 73, 3. —
    (β).
    On purpose, intentionally:

    consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,

    Verg. A. 7, 216.—
    2.
    Predicatively.
    a.
    Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.
    (α).
    Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):

    (hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,

    Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:

    quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,

    Sall. J. 76, 6:

    quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,

    Liv. 21, 39, 4:

    si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,

    id. 24, 37, 7:

    quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,

    id. 7, 40, 13:

    itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,

    id. 22, 27, 9:

    (virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,

    id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:

    volens vos Turnus adoro,

    Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;

    12, 833: date vina volentes,

    id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—
    (β).
    Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:

    precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,

    Liv. 24, 21, 10:

    precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,

    id. 29, 14, 13:

    in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,

    id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:

    agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:

    omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,

    with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,

    Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—
    b.
    Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:

    quod nobis volentibus facile continget,

    if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:

    is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,

    to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:

    gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,

    to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:

    me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,

    Verg. A. 8, 133:

    saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,

    administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—
    c.
    In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;

    rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,

    that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:

    quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,

    id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:

    grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,

    that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:

    quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:

    si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,

    Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:

    si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,

    id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —
    3.
    As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).
    a.
    vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.
    (α).
    One who wishes:

    nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,

    Liv. 22, 22, 11:

    consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,

    Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:

    quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    discere meliora volentibus promptum est,

    i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:

    nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,

    to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:

    mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,

    Suet. Tib. 61.—
    (β).
    One who intends, is about:

    juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,

    i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:

    si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,

    one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —
    (γ).
    One who is willing:

    non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,

    unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—
    (δ).
    One who consents:

    tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,

    to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:

    quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,

    peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:

    si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,

    if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:

    nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,

    ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—
    (ε).
    One who does a thing voluntarily:

    pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,

    the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:

    parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),

    Ov. M. 2, 128.—
    (ζ).
    Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:

    hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,

    and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—
    b.
    In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:

    Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,

    that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:

    haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,

    Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:

    iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,

    id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.
    2.
    vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.
    I.
    Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):

    aves,

    Lucr. 6, 742:

    accipitres,

    id. 4, 1010:

    corvi,

    id. 2, 822:

    altam supra volat ardea nubem,

    Verg. G. 1, 364:

    volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,

    id. A. 1, 300:

    columbae venere volantes,

    id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:

    apes,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:

    volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:

    sine pennis volare haud facile est,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—
    2.
    P. a. as subst.: vŏlantes, ĭum, comm., the birds ( poet.), Lucr. 2, 1083; Verg. A. 6, 239; 6, 728.—
    II.
    Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:

    i sane... vola curriculo,

    Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:

    per summa levis volat aequora curru,

    Verg. A. 5, 819:

    medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,

    id. ib. 12, 650:

    illa (Argo) volat,

    Ov. H. 6, 66:

    currus,

    Verg. G. 3, 181:

    axis,

    id. ib. 3, 107:

    nubes,

    Lucr. 5, 254:

    fulmina,

    id. 2, 213:

    tempestates,

    id. 6, 612:

    telum,

    id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:

    litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,

    Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:

    volat aetas,

    id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:

    hora,

    Sen. Hippol. 1141:

    fama,

    Verg. A. 3, 121:

    et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:

    ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,

    Val. Fl. 4, 407.
    3.
    vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):

    volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,

    Paul. Diac. p. 370:

    volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,

    Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:

    vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,

    Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > volo

  • 16 баба

    1. grandmother, grandma, granny
    2. (стара жена и прен.) old woman, goody, granny
    имало едно време един дядо и една баба once upon a time there lived an old man and an old woman
    баба Сребра granny Srebra
    3. (тъща) mother-in-law (o.'s wife's mother)
    4. (народна акушерка) midwife, wise woman
    5. (врачка) wise woman, sorceress, witch
    6. (презр. за мъж) woman, weakling, milksop, molly-coddle, sl. molly, old maid
    7. тех. monkey
    баба Меца Mother Bear
    баба Марта the month of March
    баба шарка the smallpox
    сляпа баба (игра) blind man's buff
    едно си баба знае, едно си бае be always harping on the same string; same old stuff; the same old story; the same thing all over again
    много баби хилаво дете too many cooks spoil the broth
    разправяй ги на баба ми (си) tell that to the Jew
    така и баба знае anyone can do that, that's nothing
    * * *
    ба̀ба,
    ж., -и 1. grandmother, grandma, granny; gran;
    2. ( стара жена и прен.) old woman, goody, granny;
    3. ( тъща) mother-in-law (o.’s wife’s mother);
    4. ( народна акушерка) midwife, wise woman;
    5. ( врачка) wise woman, sorceress, witch;
    6. (презр. за мъж) woman, weakling, milksop, molly-coddle, sl. molly, old maid;
    7. техн. monkey; • Баба Марта the month of March; Баба Меца Mother Bear; едно си \бабаа знае, едно си бае be always harping on the same string; same old stuff; the same old story; the same thing all over again; много \бабаи хилаво дете too many cooks spoil the broth; разправяй ги на \бабаа ми (си) tell that to the Jew; сляпа \баба ( игра) blind man’s buff; така и \бабаа знае anyone/any fool can do that, that’s nothing.
    * * *
    goody; grandam; grandma (разг.); grandmother
    * * *
    1. (врачка) wise woman, sorceress, witch 2. (народна акушерка) midwife, wise woman 3. (презр. за мъж) woman, weakling, milksop, molly-coddle, sl. molly, old maid 4. (стара жена и прен.) old woman, goody, granny 5. (тъща) mother-in-law (o.'s wife's mother) 6. grandmother, grandma, granny 7. БАБА Марта the month of March 8. БАБА Меца Mother Bear 9. БАБА Сребра granny Srebra 10. БАБА шарка the smallpox 11. едно си БАБА знае, едно си бае be always harping on the same string;same old stuff;the same old story;the same thing all over again 12. имало едно време един дядо и една БАБА once upon a time there lived an old man and an old woman 13. много баби хилаво дете too many cooks spoil the broth 14. разправяй ги на БАБА ми (си) tell that to the Jew 15. сляпа БАБА (игра) blind man's buff 16. така и БАБА знае anyone can do that, that's nothing 17. тех. monkey

    Български-английски речник > баба

  • 17 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 18 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    ① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    ② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    ③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    ④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    ⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    ⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    ⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    ⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    ⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    ⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    ⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    ⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against
    ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    ⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    ⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    ⓑ w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    ⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    ⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    ⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    ⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    ⓒ w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 19 en

    prep.
    viven en la capital they live in the capital
    tiene el dinero en el banco he keeps his money in the bank
    en la mesa/el plato on the table/plate
    en casa/el trabajo at home/work
    2 into.
    el avión cayó en el mar the plane fell into the sea
    entraron en la habitación they came/went into the room
    3 in (time) (month, year).
    nació en 1953/marzo she was born in 1953/March
    en Nochebuena on Christmas Eve
    en Navidades at Christmas
    en aquella época at that time, in those days
    en un par de días in a couple of days
    ir en tren/coche/avión/barco to go by train/car/plane/boat
    5 in (modo).
    en voz baja in a low voice
    lo dijo en inglés she said it in English
    pagar en libras to pay in pounds
    la inflación aumentó en un 10 por ciento inflation increased by 10 percent
    todo se lo gasta en ropa he spends everything on clothes
    6 in (price).
    las ganancias se calculan en millones profits are calculated in millions
    te lo dejo en 5.000 I'll let you have it for 5,000
    7 from (causa).
    lo detecté en su forma de hablar I could tell from the way he was speaking
    8 in, made of (materia).
    en seda in silk
    9 in terms of.
    lo supera en inteligencia she is more intelligent than he is
    10 on, over, upon.
    11 at, over at, in, over in.
    En ese momento ...at that moment.
    12 to.
    * * *
    en
    1 (lugar - gen) in, at
    2 (- en el interior) in, inside
    4 (año, mes, estación) in; (día) on; (época, momento) at
    7 (tema, materia) at, in
    8 (modo, manera) in
    ■ los valores aumentaron en un 6% securities increased by 6%
    10 en + gerund upon
    ■ en llegando el maestro, los niños se levantan upon the teacher's arrival, the children stand up
    \
    de casa en casa from house to house
    en cuanto as soon as
    en camino on the way
    * * *
    prep.
    1) in
    2) on
    3) at
    4) by
    6) into
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando lugar]
    a) (=dentro de) in

    está en el cajón/en el armario — it's in the drawer/in the wardrobe

    b) (=encima de) on
    c) [con países, ciudades, calles]
    d) [con edificios]
    2) [indicando movimiento] into
    3) [indicando modo] in
    4) [indicando proporción] by
    5) [indicando tiempo]

    ayer en la mañana — LAm yesterday morning

    en la mañana del accidente — LAm on the morning of the accident

    6) [indicando tema, ocupación]

    Hugo en Segismundo — (Cine, Teat) Hugo as Segismundo, Hugo in the role of Segismundo

    7) [con medios de transporte] by
    8) [con cantidades] at, for
    9) [con infinitivo]
    10) † [con gerundio]
    EN Como preposición de lugar, en se traduce normalmente por on, in o at. La elección de una de estas tres preposiciones depende a menudo de cómo percibe el hablante la relación espacial. He aquí unas líneas generales: ► Se traduce por on cuando en equivale a encima de o nos referimos a algo que se percibe como una superficie o una línea, por ejemplo una mesa, una carretera {etc}: "¿Has visto mi vestido?" - "Está en la tabla de planchar" "Have you seen my dress?" - "It's on the ironing-board" Estaban tumbados en la playa They were lying on the beach Está construyendo una casa en la colina He's building a house on the hill ... un pueblo en la costa oeste...... a village on the west coast... La gasolinera está en la carretera que va a Motril The petrol station is on the road to Motril Dibujó un león en la hoja de papel He drew a lion on the piece of paper Tiene un grano en la nariz He has a spot on his nose Lo vi en la tele I saw him on TV ► Se usa in cuando equivale a dentro de o cuando nos referimos a un espacio que se percibe como limitado (calle, montañas, etc): Tus gafas están en mi bolso Your glasses are in my bag Tienes una pestaña en el ojo You've got an eyelash in your eye Lo leí en un libro I read it in a book Se han comprado un chalet en la sierra They've bought a chalet in the mountains Viven en la calle de Serrano They live in the Calle de Serrano ► Lo traducimos por at para referirnos a un edificio cuando hablamos de la actividad que normalmente se realiza en él o cuando en indica un lugar concreto. También se traduce por at cuando en la dirección incluimos el número o el nombre de la casa: ¿Por qué no comemos en el restaurante de tu hermano? Why don't we have lunch at your brother's restaurant? Voy a pasar el día en el museo I'm going to spend the day at the museum Te espero en la parada del autobús I'll meet you at the bus-stop Vivimos en la calle Dale nº 12 We live at 12 Dale Street Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

    viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

    viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

    nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

    b) ( dentro de) in
    c) ( sobre) on
    2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    3)
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)
    b) (indicando proporción, precio)

    lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

    4)
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in

    en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

    en llamas — in flames, on fire

    ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

    fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

    5)

    ¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

    en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

    7)
    * * *
    = in, onto, into, at, throughout.
    Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
    Ex. When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.
    Ex. The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.
    Ex. He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.
    Ex. Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.
    ----
    * en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.
    * en abstracto = abstractly.
    * en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.
    * en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en adelante = forward [forwards].
    * en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.
    * en alerta roja = on red alert.
    * en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.
    * en alguna parte = someplace.
    * en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.
    * en algunos casos = in some cases.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en algunos sitios = in places.
    * en alquiler = rented.
    * en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.
    * en alza = on the upswing.
    * en ambas direcciones = two-way.
    * en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.
    * en ángulo = angled.
    * en ángulo recto = at right angles.
    * en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.
    * en antelación = anticipatory.
    * en anticipación = anticipatory.
    * en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.
    * en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.
    * en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.
    * en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * en aquellos casos = in those cases.
    * en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.
    * en aras a = in the name of.
    * en aras de = in the interest(s) of.
    * en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.
    * en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.
    * en ascuas = on tenterhooks.
    * en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.
    * en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.
    * en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.
    * en Babia = absent-minded.
    * en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.
    * en bandada = in full force.
    * en bandadas = in droves.
    * en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.
    * en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * en bisel = angled.
    * en blanco = blankly, blank.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * en bloque = en bloc.
    * en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.
    * en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.
    * en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].
    * en broma = teasingly.
    * en buena compañía = in good company.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.
    * en búsqueda de = a quest for.
    * en cada fase = at each stage.
    * en caída = flowing.
    * en caja = boxed.
    * en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * en cama = abed.
    * en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * en cantidad = bulk.
    * en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.
    * en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.
    * en carnavales = carnivalistically.
    * en carne y hueso = in the flesh.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.
    * en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.
    * en chirona = behind bars.
    * en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.
    * en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.
    * en cierto grado = something of.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * en ciertos casos = in certain cases.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en circuito cerrado = looped.
    * en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.
    * en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.
    * en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.
    * en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.
    * en coche = drive.
    * en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.
    * en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.
    * en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.
    * en columnas = columnar.
    * en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en coma = comatose.
    * en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.
    * en comisión de servicios = seconded.
    * en comparación = by comparison.
    * en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.
    * en compensación = compensatory.
    * en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * en conciencia = in good conscience.
    * en conclusión = in conclusion.
    * en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.
    * en concreto = in particular, to be specific.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en conexión con = in respect of.
    * en confidencia = in confidence.
    * en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).
    * en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.
    * en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.
    * en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.
    * en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.
    * en connivencia = colluding.
    * en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * en consecuencia lógica = by implication.
    * en consideración = under consideration.
    * en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * en consonacia con = in line with.
    * en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.
    * en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.
    * en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.
    * en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.
    * en construcción = under development, under construction.
    * en contacto = in communication.
    * en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.
    * en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.
    * en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].
    * en continua expansión = expanding.
    * en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.
    * en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.
    * en contra = counterpoint, against.
    * en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].
    * en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].
    * en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.
    * en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.
    * en contra del gobierno = anti-government.
    * en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.
    * en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).
    * en contravención de = in contravention of.
    * en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).
    * en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].
    * en cooperación con = in cooperation with.
    * en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].
    * en costras = caked.
    * en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.
    * en cuadernillo = in booklet form.
    * en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.
    * en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro momento = some other time.
    * en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.
    * en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.
    * en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.
    * en cuanto a él = as for him.
    * en cuanto a ella = as for her.
    * en cuanto a ellos = as for them.
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en cuanto a mí = as for me.
    * en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.
    * en cuanto a ti = as for you.
    * en cuanto a usted = as for you.
    * en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto que = in that.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.
    * en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.
    * en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.
    * en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.
    * en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.
    * en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.
    * en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.
    * en cuestiones de = in matters of.
    * en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.
    * en cursiva = in italic type.
    * en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.
    * en curso de = in course of.
    * en cuyo caso = in which case.
    * en danza = on the run.
    * en decadencia = bankrupt.
    * en defensa propia = in self-defence.
    * en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.
    * en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.
    * en demanda = in-demand.
    * en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.
    * en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.
    * en desacuerdo con = at odds with.
    * en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.
    * en desarrollo = evolving, under development.
    * en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.
    * en desesperación = despairing, in despair.
    * en desuso = obsolete, disused.
    * en detalle = at length.
    * en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.
    * en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.
    * en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.
    * en diagonal = herringbone.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.
    * en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].
    * en dirección de la proa = abaft.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * en dirección norte = northbound.
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * en disco = ondisc.
    * en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.
    * en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.
    * en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.
    * en distintos formatos = multiform.
    * en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.
    * en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.
    * en diversos formatos = multiform.
    * en donde = where, wherein.
    * en dos años = over a two-year period.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.
    * en dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en edad de trabajar = working-age.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en el abandono = in the wilderness.
    * en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.
    * en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.
    * en el ámbito de = in the realm of.
    * en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * en el año entrante = in the coming year.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year.
    * en el año venidero = in the coming year.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.
    * en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * en el banquillo = on the bench.
    * en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.
    * en el campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el candelero = in the spotlight.
    * en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.
    * en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.
    * en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el centro de = at the heart of.
    * en el cine = at the movies.
    * en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.
    * en el contexto de = in the realm of.
    * en el culo = in the bottom.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.
    * en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * en el desierto = in the wilderness.
    * en el detalle = in detail.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.
    * en el eje = at the core (of).
    * en el entorno de = in the realm of.
    * en el escenario = on stage.
    * en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.
    * en el espacio = spatially.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el estudio = at study, at study.
    * en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.
    * en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.
    * en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro lejano = further in the future.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el horizonte = on the horizon.
    * en el hospital = at the bedside.
    * en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.
    * en el juego = at play.
    * en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en el mandato = in office.
    * en el mando = at the wheel.
    * en el mar = at sea.
    * en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.
    * en el más allá = dead and gone.
    * en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el momento = on the spot.
    * en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * en el momento adecuado = at the right time.
    * en el momento de = at the time (that/of).
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.
    * en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.
    * en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el momento justo = on cue.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el norte del estado = upstate.
    * en el núcleo = at the core (of).
    * en el ocaso = over the hill.
    * en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.
    * en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.
    * en el período penoso de = in the throes of.
    * en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.
    * en el piso de abajo = downstairs.
    * en el piso de arriba = upstairs.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en el proceso = in the process.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.
    * en el punto álgido de = at the height of.
    * en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el que = wherein.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quirófano = under the knife.
    * en el resto = everywhere else.
    * en el resto de = elsewhere.
    * en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.
    * en el segundo caso = in the latter case.
    * en el seno de = within, among.
    * en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en el timón = in the saddle.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.
    * en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.
    * en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * en el trasfondo de = at the root of.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en el umbral de = on the threshold of.
    * en el vuelo = in-flight.
    * en entrante = recessed.
    * en entredicho = under challenge.
    * en episodios = episodic.
    * en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en época de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.
    * en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.
    * en épocas de = in times of.
    * en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.
    * en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.
    * en épocas difíciles = in times of need.
    * en épocas pasadas = in past ages.
    * en escamas = flaky.
    * en ese caso = in that case.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.
    * en esencia = in essence, essentially.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en esos casos = in those cases.
    * en espacios cerrados = indoors.
    * en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).
    * en especie = in kind.
    * en espera = on hold.
    * en espiga = herringbone.
    * en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.
    * en estado = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.
    * en estado de alerta = on alert.
    * en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.
    * en estado de descomposición = decaying.
    * en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.
    * en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.
    * en esta época del año = around this time of year.
    * en esta ocasión = on this occasion.
    * en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.
    * en este extremo = to this extent.
    * en este grado = to this extent.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.
    * en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.
    * en estuche = boxed.
    * en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.
    * en exclusiva = exclusively.
    * en existencia = in existence.
    * en expansión = expanded.
    * en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.
    * en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * en extenso = at length, in full.
    * en extremo = no end, to no end.
    * en fase terminal = terminally ill.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de L = L-shaped.
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.
    * en formato digital = digitally.
    * en formato electrónico = in electronic form.
    * en formato MARC = in MARC form.
    * en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.
    * en frente = ahead, in front.
    * en frente de = in front of.
    * en funcionamiento = in operation.
    * en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en germinación = budding.
    * en gestación = in the making.
    * en grado mínimo = minimally.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte
    * * *
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)

    viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel

    viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street

    nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)

    b) ( dentro de) in
    c) ( sobre) on
    2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    3)
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)
    b) (indicando proporción, precio)

    lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30

    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000

    4)
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in

    en buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition

    en llamas — in flames, on fire

    ir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat

    fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes

    5)

    ¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?

    en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night

    7)
    * * *
    = in, onto, into, at, throughout.

    Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.

    Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.
    Ex: The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.
    Ex: He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.
    Ex: Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.
    * en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.
    * en abstracto = abstractly.
    * en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.
    * en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en adelante = forward [forwards].
    * en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.
    * en alerta roja = on red alert.
    * en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.
    * en alguna parte = someplace.
    * en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.
    * en algunos casos = in some cases.
    * en algunos grupos = in some quarters.
    * en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.
    * en algunos sentidos = in some respects.
    * en algunos sitios = in places.
    * en alquiler = rented.
    * en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.
    * en alza = on the upswing.
    * en ambas direcciones = two-way.
    * en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.
    * en ángulo = angled.
    * en ángulo recto = at right angles.
    * en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.
    * en antelación = anticipatory.
    * en anticipación = anticipatory.
    * en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.
    * en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en apoyo a = in support of.
    * en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.
    * en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.
    * en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.
    * en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.
    * en aquellos casos = in those cases.
    * en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.
    * en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.
    * en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.
    * en aras a = in the name of.
    * en aras de = in the interest(s) of.
    * en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.
    * en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.
    * en ascuas = on tenterhooks.
    * en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.
    * en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.
    * en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.
    * en Babia = absent-minded.
    * en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.
    * en bandada = in full force.
    * en bandadas = in droves.
    * en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.
    * en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.
    * en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.
    * en bisel = angled.
    * en blanco = blankly, blank.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * en bloque = en bloc.
    * en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.
    * en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.
    * en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].
    * en broma = teasingly.
    * en buena compañía = in good company.
    * en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buena forma = in good nick.
    * en buena parte = for the most part.
    * en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.
    * en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.
    * en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.
    * en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.
    * en búsqueda de = a quest for.
    * en cada fase = at each stage.
    * en caída = flowing.
    * en caja = boxed.
    * en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.
    * en cama = abed.
    * en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.
    * en camino = on the way.
    * en cantidad = bulk.
    * en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.
    * en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.
    * en carnavales = carnivalistically.
    * en carne y hueso = in the flesh.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.
    * en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.
    * en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.
    * en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.
    * en chirona = behind bars.
    * en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.
    * en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.
    * en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.
    * en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.
    * en cierto grado = something of.
    * en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.
    * en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.
    * en ciertos casos = in certain cases.
    * en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.
    * en circuito cerrado = looped.
    * en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.
    * en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.
    * en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.
    * en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.
    * en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.
    * en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.
    * en coche = drive.
    * en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.
    * en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.
    * en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.
    * en columnas = columnar.
    * en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en coma = comatose.
    * en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.
    * en comisión de servicios = seconded.
    * en comparación = by comparison.
    * en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.
    * en compensación = compensatory.
    * en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.
    * en común con = in common with.
    * en conciencia = in good conscience.
    * en conclusión = in conclusion.
    * en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.
    * en concreto = in particular, to be specific.
    * en condiciones = decent.
    * en condiciones de = in the position to.
    * en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.
    * en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.
    * en conexión con = in respect of.
    * en confidencia = in confidence.
    * en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).
    * en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.
    * en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.
    * en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.
    * en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.
    * en connivencia = colluding.
    * en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.
    * en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * en consecuencia lógica = by implication.
    * en consideración = under consideration.
    * en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * en consonacia con = in line with.
    * en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.
    * en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.
    * en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.
    * en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.
    * en construcción = under development, under construction.
    * en contacto = in communication.
    * en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.
    * en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.
    * en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].
    * en continua expansión = expanding.
    * en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.
    * en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.
    * en contra = counterpoint, against.
    * en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].
    * en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.
    * en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].
    * en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].
    * en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.
    * en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.
    * en contra del gobierno = anti-government.
    * en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.
    * en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).
    * en contravención de = in contravention of.
    * en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).
    * en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].
    * en cooperación con = in cooperation with.
    * en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].
    * en costras = caked.
    * en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.
    * en cuadernillo = in booklet form.
    * en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.
    * en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.
    * en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.
    * en cualquier orden = either way round.
    * en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro momento = some other time.
    * en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.
    * en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.
    * en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier situación = in any given situation.
    * en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.
    * en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.
    * en cuanto a él = as for him.
    * en cuanto a ella = as for her.
    * en cuanto a ellos = as for them.
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en cuanto a mí = as for me.
    * en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.
    * en cuanto a ti = as for you.
    * en cuanto a usted = as for you.
    * en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto que = in that.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.
    * en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.
    * en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.
    * en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.
    * en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.
    * en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.
    * en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.
    * en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.
    * en cuestiones de = in matters of.
    * en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.
    * en cursiva = in italic type.
    * en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.
    * en curso de = in course of.
    * en cuyo caso = in which case.
    * en danza = on the run.
    * en decadencia = bankrupt.
    * en defensa propia = in self-defence.
    * en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.
    * en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.
    * en demanda = in-demand.
    * en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.
    * en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.
    * en desacuerdo con = at odds with.
    * en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.
    * en desarrollo = evolving, under development.
    * en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.
    * en desesperación = despairing, in despair.
    * en desuso = obsolete, disused.
    * en detalle = at length.
    * en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.
    * en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.
    * en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.
    * en diagonal = herringbone.
    * en días alternos = every other day.
    * en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.
    * en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.
    * en dificultades = stranded.
    * en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].
    * en dirección de la proa = abaft.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * en dirección norte = northbound.
    * en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).
    * en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.
    * en disco = ondisc.
    * en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.
    * en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.
    * en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.
    * en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.
    * en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.
    * en distintos formatos = multiform.
    * en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.
    * en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.
    * en diversos formatos = multiform.
    * en donde = where, wherein.
    * en dos años = over a two-year period.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * en dos niveles = split-level.
    * en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.
    * en dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * en duda = in doubt.
    * en edad de trabajar = working-age.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].
    * en el abandono = in the wilderness.
    * en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.
    * en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.
    * en el ámbito de = in the realm of.
    * en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * en el año entrante = in the coming year.
    * en el año próximo = in the coming year.
    * en el año venidero = in the coming year.
    * en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.
    * en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.
    * en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * en el banquillo = on the bench.
    * en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.
    * en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.
    * en el campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el candelero = in the spotlight.
    * en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.
    * en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.
    * en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.
    * en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el centro de = at the heart of.
    * en el cine = at the movies.
    * en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.
    * en el contexto de = in the realm of.
    * en el culo = in the bottom.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.
    * en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.
    * en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * en el desierto = in the wilderness.
    * en el detalle = in detail.
    * en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.
    * en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.
    * en el eje = at the core (of).
    * en el entorno de = in the realm of.
    * en el escenario = on stage.
    * en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.
    * en el espacio = spatially.
    * en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.
    * en el estudio = at study, at study.
    * en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.
    * en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.
    * en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.
    * en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.
    * en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.
    * en el fondo de = at the root of.
    * en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.
    * en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.
    * en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.
    * en el futuro lejano = further in the future.
    * en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.
    * en el horario de trabajo = on company time.
    * en el horizonte = on the horizon.
    * en el hospital = at the bedside.
    * en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).
    * en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.
    * en el juego = at play.
    * en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en el mandato = in office.
    * en el mando = at the wheel.
    * en el mar = at sea.
    * en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.
    * en el más allá = dead and gone.
    * en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.
    * en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en el momento = on the spot.
    * en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.
    * en el momento adecuado = at the right time.
    * en el momento de = at the time (that/of).
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.
    * en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.
    * en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.
    * en el momento justo = on cue.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.
    * en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.
    * en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.
    * en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.
    * en el norte del estado = upstate.
    * en el núcleo = at the core (of).
    * en el ocaso = over the hill.
    * en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.
    * en el orden del día = on the agenda.
    * en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).
    * en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.
    * en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.
    * en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.
    * en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.
    * en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.
    * en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.
    * en el período penoso de = in the throes of.
    * en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.
    * en el piso de abajo = downstairs.
    * en el piso de arriba = upstairs.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * en el primer caso = in the former case.
    * en el proceso = in the process.
    * en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.
    * en el propio cortijo = on-farm.
    * en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.
    * en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.
    * en el punto álgido de = at the height of.
    * en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.
    * en el que = wherein.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el quirófano = under the knife.
    * en el resto = everywhere else.
    * en el resto de = elsewhere.
    * en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.
    * en el segundo caso = in the latter case.
    * en el seno de = within, among.
    * en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.
    * en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.
    * en el sentido que = in which.
    * en el timón = in the saddle.
    * en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.
    * en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.
    * en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.
    * en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.
    * en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.
    * en el trasfondo de = at the root of.
    * en el último caso = in the latter case.
    * en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.
    * en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.
    * en el umbral de = on the threshold of.
    * en el vuelo = in-flight.
    * en entrante = recessed.
    * en entredicho = under challenge.
    * en episodios = episodic.
    * en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.
    * en época de feria = carnivalistically.
    * en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.
    * en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.
    * en épocas de = in times of.
    * en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.
    * en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.
    * en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.
    * en épocas difíciles = in times of need.
    * en épocas pasadas = in past ages.
    * en escamas = flaky.
    * en ese caso = in that case.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.
    * en esencia = in essence, essentially.
    * en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.
    * en esos casos = in those cases.
    * en espacios cerrados = indoors.
    * en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).
    * en especie = in kind.
    * en espera = on hold.
    * en espiga = herringbone.
    * en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.
    * en estado = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.
    * en estado de alerta = on alert.
    * en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.
    * en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.
    * en estado de descomposición = decaying.
    * en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.
    * en estado de reserva = on standby.
    * en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.
    * en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.
    * en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.
    * en esta época del año = around this time of year.
    * en esta ocasión = on this occasion.
    * en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.
    * en esta situación = at this juncture.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.
    * en este extremo = to this extent.
    * en este grado = to this extent.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos días = today, these days.
    * en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.
    * en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.
    * en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.
    * en estuche = boxed.
    * en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.
    * en exclusiva = exclusively.
    * en existencia = in existence.
    * en expansión = expanded.
    * en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.
    * en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.
    * en extensión = in length.
    * en extenso = at length, in full.
    * en extremo = no end, to no end.
    * en fase terminal = terminally ill.
    * en favor de = in favour of.
    * en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.
    * en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.
    * en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.
    * en forma de A = A-shaped.
    * en forma de arco = arched, bowed.
    * en forma de capa = cape-like.
    * en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.
    * en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.
    * en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.
    * en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.
    * en forma de D = d-shaped.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * en forma de L = L-shaped.
    * en forma de libro = in book form.
    * en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.
    * en forma de parásito = parasitically.
    * en forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.
    * en forma de U = U-shaped.
    * en forma de V = V-shaped.
    * en forma física = physically fit.
    * en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.
    * en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.
    * en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.
    * en formato digital = digitally.
    * en formato electrónico = in electronic form.
    * en formato MARC = in MARC form.
    * en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.
    * en frente = ahead, in front.
    * en frente de = in front of.
    * en funcionamiento = in operation.
    * en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.
    * en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.
    * en germinación = budding.
    * en gestación = in the making.
    * en grado mínimo = minimally.
    * en gran cantidad = prodigiously.
    * en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.
    * en grandes números = in record numbers.
    * en gran formato = oversize, oversized.
    * en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.
    * en gran número = numerously.
    * en gran parte

    * * *
    en
    1
    (refiriéndose a una ciudad, un edificio): viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel
    en el quinto piso on the sixth ( AmE) o ( BrE) fifth floor
    viven en la calle Goya they live on o ( BrE) in Goya Street
    nos quedamos en casa we stayed home ( AmE), we stayed at home ( BrE)
    métete en la cama get into bed
    lo puso en una caja he put it in a box
    metió la mano en el conducto she stuck her hand into ( o down etc) the pipe
    3 (sobre) on
    lo puso en la mesa/pared he put it on the table/wall
    se sentó en una silla/en un sillón she sat down on a chair/in an armchair
    tendrás que dormir en el suelo you'll have to sleep on the floor
    se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
    B
    1 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in
    vivir en armonía con la naturaleza to live in harmony with nature
    2
    de … en …: van de casa en casa/de puerta en puerta pidiendo dinero they go from house to house/from door to door asking for money
    nos tienes de sorpresa en sorpresa you're full of surprises
    C
    1 ‹un tema/una especialidad/una cualidad›
    es licenciado en filosofía he has a degree in philosophy
    es un experto en la materia he's an expert on the subject
    es muy bueno en historia he's very good at history
    supera a su hermana en inteligencia she surpasses her sister in intelligence
    2 ‹una proporción/un precio›
    ha aumentado en un diez por ciento it has gone up by ten per cent
    me lo vendió en $30 he sold it to me for $30
    las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 the losses were calculated at $50,000
    D
    1 ‹un estado/una manera› in
    en buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad condition
    un edificio en llamas a building in flames o on fire
    nos recibió en camisón he received us in his nightshirt
    con los músculos en tensión with (his) muscles tensed
    en posición vertical in an upright position
    2
    (con forma de): termina en punta it's pointed, it ends in o comes to a point
    colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle
    Luis Girón en el Alcalde Luis Girón as the Mayor
    pensamos ir en taxi/en coche/en barco we plan to go by taxi/by car/by boat
    ¿fueron en tren? — no, en avión did you go by train? — no, by plane o no, we flew
    fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes
    fuimos a dar una vuelta en coche we went for a drive o we went for a ride in the car
    E
    1
    (expresando el material): un modelo realizado en seda natural an outfit in natural silk
    ¿lo tienen en azul/(un) 38? do you have it in blue/a 38?
    una obra en tres actos a play in three acts
    ¿cuánto pesas en kilos? how much do you weigh in kilos?
    en ruso/en el código Morse in Russian/in Morse Code
    F
    (en expresiones de tiempo): en verano in (the) summer
    en mayo/1947 in May/1947
    en varias ocasiones on several occasions
    llegó justo en ese momento she arrived just at that moment, just then she arrived
    en la mañana/tarde ( esp AmL); in the morning/afternoon
    en la noche ( esp AmL); at night
    no vi a nadie en todo el día I didn't see anybody all day
    G
    no hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doing
    en + INF:
    tardó media hora en resolverlo it took her half an hour to work it out
    siempre es el último en salir he's always the last to leave
    2
    (con complementos de persona): en él ha encontrado un amigo she's found a friend in him
    problemas que se dan en las personas de edad problems which affect old people
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    en    
    en.
    en preposición
    1 ( en expresiones de lugar)
    a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio):

    ◊ viven en París/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/at number ten/in a hotel;

    en el último piso on the top floor;
    está en la calle Goya it's on o (BrE) in Goya Street;
    en casa at home
    b) ( dentro de) in;


    c) ( sobre) on;


    se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
    2 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente) in;

    3
    a) (indicando tema, especialidad):


    doctor en derecho Doctor of Law
    b) (indicando proporción, precio):


    en dólares in dollars
    4
    a) (indicando estado, manera) in;


    en llamas in flames, on fire


    colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle


    fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes;
    dimos una vuelta en coche we went for a ride in the car
    5


    una escultura en bronce a bronze (sculpture)

    ◊ en azul/ruso in blue/Russian

    6 ( con expresiones de tiempo):

    en varias ocasiones on several occasions;
    en la mañana/noche (esp AmL) in the morning/at night
    7


    fuí el último en salir I was the last to leave


    en preposición
    1 (lugar) in, on, at: nos encontramos en el autobús, we met on the bus
    en Barcelona/Río, in Barcelona/Rio
    en el cajón, in the drawer
    en casa/el trabajo, at home/work
    (sobre) en la mesa, on the table
    2 (tiempo) in, on, at: cae en lunes, it falls on a Monday
    en 1975, in 1975
    en ese preciso instante, at that very moment
    en un minuto, in a minute
    en primavera, in spring
    LAm en la mañana, in the morning
    3 (modo) en bata, in a dressing gown
    en francés, in French
    en serio, seriously
    4 (medio) by, in: puede venir en avión/ coche/metro/tren, she can come by air/car/tube/train
    ¿por qué no vienes en avión?, why don't you fly?
    5 (movimiento) into: entró en la habitación, he went into the room
    entró en escena, he went on stage
    6 (tema, materia) at, in
    es muy bueno en matemáticas, he's very good at maths
    experto en finanzas, expert in finances
    7 (partición, fases) in: hicimos el viaje en dos etapas, we did the journey in two stages
    8 (de... en...) entraremos de tres en tres, we shall go in three by three
    9 (con infinitivo) fue rápido en desenfundar, he was quick to pull out
    se le nota la timidez en el hablar, you can notice his shyness by the way he speaks
    'en' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abasto
    - abatimiento
    - abdicar
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abogar
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abonada
    - abonado
    - abordar
    - abrir
    - abreviar
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - absorta
    - absorto
    - abstracta
    - abstracto
    - abstraída
    - abstraído
    - abuela
    - abundar
    - abundancia
    - abundante
    - abusar
    - acabar
    - academia
    - acariciar
    - acceder
    - acentuar
    - achantarse
    - achatamiento
    - achuchar
    - acoger
    - acomodar
    - acompañar
    - aconsejar
    - acontecer
    - acordar
    - acordarse
    - acostada
    - acostado
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - abdicate
    - abide
    - ablaze
    - able
    - above
    - above-board
    - abreast
    - abroad
    - abscess
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolutely
    - absorbed
    - abstract
    - abundant
    - academic
    - academy
    - accent
    - access
    - account
    - accustom
    - acknowledgement
    - acquiesce
    - acquire
    - act
    - acting
    - action
    - active
    - actually
    - add
    - add in
    - addition
    - adept
    - adequate
    - administration
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advantage
    - adventure
    - advertise
    - advertising
    - affair
    - affect
    - afford
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - after
    * * *
    EN nm (abrev de Encuentro Nacional)
    = Paraguayan political party
    * * *
    en
    prp
    1 ( dentro de) in;
    en un mes in a month;
    en junio in June;
    en casa at home;
    en el cielo in heaven
    2 ( sobre) on;
    en la mesa on the table;
    en la calle on the street, Br tb in the street
    :
    en coche/tren by car/train
    4
    :
    en inglés in English;
    póngamelo en la cuenta put it on my account;
    aumentar en un 10 % grow (by) 10%, increase (by) 10%
    * * *
    en prep
    1) : in
    en el bolsillo: in one's pocket
    en una semana: in a week
    2) : on
    en la mesa: on the table
    3) : at
    en casa: at home
    en el trabajo: at work
    en ese momento: at that moment
    * * *
    en prep
    ¿en qué calle vives? which street do you live in?
    2. (edificios, fiestas específicas) at
    3. (superficies, días concretos) on

    Spanish-English dictionary > en

  • 20 bei

    Präp.
    1. räumlich, auch fig.:
    a) (in der Nähe von) near; bei Berlin near Berlin; die Schlacht bei Waterloo the Battle of Waterloo; beim Rathaus (just) near ( oder by) the town hall; (am Rathaus) at the town hall; dicht bei der Schule just next to the school; gleich beim Hotel liegt die Post the post office is just ( oder right) next to the hotel; etw. bei der Hand haben have s.th. to hand; sein Einkommen / der Wert liegt etwa bei 5000 Euro his salary / its value is around 5000 euros;
    b) an einem bestimmten Ort: at; beim Metzger / Bäcker etc. at the butcher’s / baker’s etc.; hast du das bei Woolworth gekauft? did you buy that at Woolworth’s; Herr Müller ist gerade bei Tisch Mr Müller is just at the table; wir waren alle bei mir / meinen Eltern we were all at my house ( oder place) / at my parents’ (place); bei ihr zu Hause in her house, at her place; bei uns in Hessen / auf dem Land where I come from in Hessen / in the country; wir sind morgen bei Kollegen eingeladen we have been invited to visit colleagues tomorrow; er wohnt bei mir nebenan / gegenüber / um die Ecke he lives next door / opposite / on the corner where I live ( oder of my place); sie wohnt bei einem alten Ehepaar she lives with an old couple; bei (per Adresse) Schmidt c / o (= care of) Schmidt; am Telefon: hier bei Müller this is the Müllers’, Müller speaking; bei den Schotten heißt das anders the Scots call it something else; Amerika wacht gerade erst auf, bei uns ist es aber schon 13 Uhr in America they’re just waking up, but here it’s already 1 o’clock
    2.
    a) bezeichnet Arbeitsverhältnis etc.: for; sie ist bei Langenscheidt she is with ( oder works for) Langenscheidt; er arbeitet oder ist bei der Post / Bahn he works for the post office / railway (Am. railroad); sie ist beim Fernsehen she works for (the) TV; beim Militär in the armed forces;
    b) bei jemandem Stunden nehmen have lessons with s.o.; bei welchem Arzt bist du? which doctor do you go to?; Brit. auch who’s your GP?
    3. an einer bestimmten Stelle: jemanden beim Kragen packen grab s.o. by the collar; jemanden bei der Hand etc. fassen take s.o. by the hand etc.; die Gelegenheit beim Schopf fassen seize ( oder grab umg.) the opportunity; bei Fuß! (to) heel
    4. dabei, mit: with; ich habe kein Geld bei mir I have no money on me; er hatte seinen Hund bei sich he had his dog with him; das ist oft so bei Kindern that’s fairly common with children; pej. children are like that; bei mir machst du das lieber nicht you’d be advised not to try that with me, you’d better not try that with me; die Entscheidung liegt bei dir it’s your decision
    6. von Werken, Künstlern etc.: in the work of; bei Schiller steht in one of Schiller’s works it says, Schiller says; bei Tizian / den Romantikern findet man dieses Motiv you find this motif in the works of Titian / the Romantics
    7. zeitlich, Umstände, Zustände:
    a) zu einem gewissen Zeitpunkt: on, at; bei meiner Ankunft when I arrived, on my arrival; bei Tagesanbruch at dawn; bei Sonnenaufgang / Sonnenuntergang at sunrise / sunset; bei schönem Wetter when the weather is fine; der Park schließt bei anbrechender Dunkelheit the park closes at dusk; bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich.... I should like to take this opportunity to...; bei einem Unfall in an accident; Vorsicht bei Abfahrt des Zuges! take care when the train leaves;
    b) (während) during, at, by; bei Nacht at night; bei Tag during the daytime, by day; beim Unterricht during a ( oder the) lesson; bei einem Glas Wein over a glass of wine; beim Lesen der Zeitung fiel mir auf... while ( oder when) I was reading the paper it struck me...; bei der Arbeit einschlafen fall asleep while working; beim Essen / Schlafen / Schreiben etc. while eating / sleeping / writing etc.;
    c) (dabei, mit) with; hilfst du mir beim Umzug / bei der Arbeit? will you help me with my move / work; jemanden beim Namen nennen call s.o. by (his oder her) name;
    d) (im Falle von) if there is, in case of; bei Gefahr Knopf drücken press the button in case of danger; bei Regen wird das Fest verschoben if it rains the party will be postponed; bei Nebel if it is foggy; bei Glatteis Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung auf 30 km speed limit 30 km if there is ice; Vorsicht bei Nässe! take care in wet conditions; beim nächsten Mal (the) next time; bei nächster Gelegenheit (the) next chance, at the first ( oder earliest) opportunity; bei Fieber Bettruhe halten stay in bed if you have a temperature; bei so etwas wird mir schlecht that sort of thing makes me feel ill; bei so etwas kann er nicht mitreden he has nothing to say about that sort of thing
    8. (unter) among; bei den alten Fotos among the old photos; heute war nichts für dich bei der Post there was nothing for you in the post (Am. mail) today; bei Strafe von under penalty of
    9. (betreffend): bei Alkohol muss ich aufpassen I have to be careful with alcohol; bei Geldfragen muss ich passen when it comes to (questions of) money, I have to pass; bei Männern hat sie Pech she’s unlucky with men
    10. (angesichts): bei deinem Gehalt! (you) with your salary!; bei meinem Gehalt kann ich mir das nicht leisten I can’t afford that on ( oder with) my salary; bei deiner Erkältung solltest du nicht rausgehen you should stay in with your cold ( oder with that cold of yours); bei 25 Euro pro Stunde at 25 euros an hour; bei so vielen Schwierigkeiten considering all the difficulties; bei so viel Hilfe sind wir schnell fertig with all this help we should be ready soon; bei der Lage der Dinge (with) matters ( oder things) the way they are; bei so vielen Teilnehmern können wir... with so many participants we can...; bei diesem Lärm / diesen Temperaturen kann man nicht schlafen with all this noise / with temperatures like this one can’t sleep
    11. (trotz): bei aller Liebe, das ist zu viel verlangt much as I sympathize - that’s asking too much; und das bei all seiner Mühe! and that in spite of all his efforts
    12. in bestimmtem Zustand: bei Kräften sein be in good health; bei guter Gesundheit sein be in good health; bei Besinnung sein be conscious; du bist wohl nicht ( recht) bei Trost! you’re not in your right mind; er ist heute nicht bei Laune he’s not in a very good mood today; gut bei Kasse sein have plenty of money
    13. bei bestimmten Bedingungen: beim besten Willen with the best will in the world; bei Wasser und Brot with just bread and water; bei offenem Fenster with the window open; bei Kerzenlicht / Mondschein by candlelight / moonlight; bei Licht besehen ist es nur halb so schlimm seen in the light of day it’s not so bad; bei Tageslicht by daylight
    14. Maß: bei weitem by far
    15. Anrufung: schwören bei swear by; bei Gott! by God!; bei meiner Ehre! altm. on my hono(u)r!; bei allem, was recht ist, das geht nun wirklich zu weit in all conscience, that’s going too far
    * * *
    on; at; about; next to; upon; beside; in the event of
    * * *
    1) at
    2) (next to; near; at the side of: by the door; He sat by his sister.) by
    3) on
    4) upon
    5) (in the care of: Leave your case with the porter.) with
    * * *
    [bai]
    1. (räumlich: in jds Wohn-/Lebensbereich) with
    \bei wem hast du die letzte Nacht verbracht? who did you spend last night with?
    sie wohnt \bei ihren Großeltern she lives with her grandparents
    ich war die ganze Zeit \bei meinen Eltern I was at my parents' [house] the whole time
    am Wochenende sind sie entweder \bei ihm oder \bei ihr at the weekend they're either at his place or at hers
    \bei jdm zu Besuch sein to be staying with [or visiting] sb
    \bei jdm zu Hause at sb's house
    bei uns zu Hause war das immer so üblich we always did it that way at home, that was the way we did things at home
    \bei Hofe at court
    \bei den Maori/Masai leben to live among the Maori/Masai
    \bei Familie Schmidt (Briefanschrift) c/o Schmidt
    2. (räumlich: im Tätigkeits-/Unternehmensbereich) for
    \bei jdm arbeiten [o sein] to work for sb
    er ist \bei Klett angestellt he works at Klett
    sie arbeitet \beim Fernsehen she works in television
    er arbeitet \bei der Bahn/beim Bund/einer Firma/ der Post he works for the railways/the government/a company/the post office
    er arbeitet \beim Supermarkt an der Ecke he works at the supermarket on the corner
    er ist neuerdings Redakteur \bei uns he joined us as an editor recently
    er ist ein hohes Tier \bei der Post he's a big shot [or fish] at the post office
    \bei wem lassen Sie Ihre Anzüge schneidern? who makes your suits?, who is your tailor?
    \bei wem haben Sie Deutsch gelernt? who taught you German?
    sie hat ihr Handwerk \bei einem sehr erfahrenen Meister gelernt she learnt her trade from a very experienced master craftsman
    beim Bäcker/Friseur at the baker's/hairdresser's
    \bei der Citybank sein (ein Konto haben) to bank [or have an account] with the Citybank
    \bei Klett erschienen published by Klett
    \bei der Marine/beim Militär in the navy/military
    \bei jdm Unterricht haben [o nehmen] to have lessons with [or take lessons from] sb
    3. (räumlich: in jds Werk)
    ▪ \bei jdm in
    das Zitat steht [irgendwo] \bei Goethe the quotation comes from [somewhere in] Goethe
    \bei wem hast du denn das gelesen? where did you read that?
    das kannst du alles \bei Schopenhauer nachlesen you can look it all up in Schopenhauer
    4. (räumlich: mit sich haben) with
    etw \bei sich dat haben [o tragen] to have sth with [or on] one
    ich habe die Unterlagen leider nicht \bei mir I'm afraid I haven't got the papers with me
    ich habe gerade kein Geld \bei mir I don't have [or I'm not carrying] any money on [or with] me at the moment
    jdn \bei sich dat haben to have sb with one
    zum Glück hatte ich meinen Bruder \bei mir fortunately, my brother was with me
    5. (räumlich: im eigenen Bereich) to
    ich dachte \bei mir... I thought [or was thinking] to myself...
    etw \bei sich behalten to keep sth to oneself
    behalte die Nachricht bitte noch \bei dir please don't tell anyone else the news for now, please keep the news to yourself for now
    6. (räumlich: in der Nähe) near
    Böblingen ist eine Stadt \bei Stuttgart Böblingen is a town near Stuttgart
    er wohnt \beim Bahnhof he lives near [to] [or close to] the station
    wir treffen uns \bei der Kirche/der Post we'll meet by the church/post office
    er saß \bei ihr (direkt neben) he sat beside [or next to] her; (in der näheren Umgebung) he sat close to [or near] her
    geh du, ich bleibe \bei den Kindern you go, I'll stay with the children
    \bei der ersten/zweiten Kreuzung at the first/second crossing
    \beim Fluss by the river
    die Schlacht \bei Hastings the battle of Hastings
    7. (räumlich: an) by
    jdn \bei der Hand nehmen to take sb by the hand; ÖSTERR (fig)
    etw \bei der Hand haben to have sth at hand
    8. (räumlich: zwischen, unter) among
    er war auch \bei den Demonstranten he was also among the demonstrators
    die Unterlagen sind \bei den Akten the papers are amongst the files
    9. (Angabe von Zeitspanne) during; (Angabe von Zeitpunkt) at
    unterbrechen Sie mich bitte nicht dauernd \bei meiner Rede! please stop interrupting my speech!
    \bei dem Zugunglück starben viele Menschen many people died in the train crash
    \bei der Aufführung darf nicht geraucht werden smoking is not permitted during the performance
    Vorsicht \bei der Abfahrt [des Zuges] please stand clear of the doors, the train is about to leave
    \bei jds Abreise/Ankunft on sb's departure/arrival
    ich hoffe, du bist \bei meiner Abreise auch da I hope you will be there when I leave [or on my departure]
    \bei Anbruch der Dunkelheit/des Tages at nightfall/daybreak
    \bei der Geburt/dem Tod at his/her etc. birth/death
    \bei Nacht/Tag by night/day
    \bei Tag und Nacht day and night
    \bei Tisch at table
    10. (gibt Teilnahme an)
    \bei einer Aufführung mitwirken to be involved in a performance/play
    \bei einem Gottesdienst/einer Hochzeit sein to be at a church service/wedding
    11. (während einer Tätigkeit) while
    das ist mir beim Bügeln eingefallen it occurred to me when [or as] [or while] I was ironing; NORDD
    \bei sein, etw zu tun to be on the verge of doing sth [or about to do sth
    wir können das ja \bei einer Flasche Wein besprechen let's talk about it over a bottle of wine
    \bei Schnee ist Weihnachten immer am schönsten Christmas is always nicest when it snows
    \bei diesem Wetter setze ich keinen Fuß vor die Tür! I'm not setting foot outside the door in this weather!
    \bei der Arbeit sein to be working [or at work]
    \bei/nicht \bei Bewusstsein sein to be conscious/unconscious
    \bei Kerzenlicht by candlelight
    \bei Kräften/guter Laune sein to be well [or fit]/in good spirits
    \bei dieser Hitze/Kälte in such heat/cold
    \bei Tageslicht arbeiten to work in daylight
    nicht mehr \bei Verstand sein to have taken leave of one's senses, to not be in one's right mind
    \bei Wind und Wetter come rain or shine
    13. (ungefähr) around
    der Preis liegt \bei etwa Euro 1.000 the price is around [or about] 1,000 euros
    14. (zur Angabe eines erreichten Wertes)
    der DAX lag \bei 3.554 the DAX closed at 3,554 points
    die Temperatur lag \bei 38,3° im Schatten the temperature was 38.3° in the shade
    15. (im Falle von etw) in case of
    „bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen“ “in case of fire break glass”
    \bei Nebel/Regen werde ich nicht fahren I won't go if it's foggy/it rains
    16. (wegen, mit) with
    \bei seiner Sturheit könnte man manchmal wirklich verzweifeln one could sometimes really despair at his stubbornness
    \bei so viel Dummheit ist wirklich alle Liebesmüh vergebens all effort is futile in the face of such stupidity
    \bei diesem Sturm bleiben wir lieber zu Hause in view of [or due to] this storm we'd better stay at home
    \bei deinen Fähigkeiten with your talents [or skills
    17. (trotz) in spite of, despite
    \bei aller Freundschaft, das geht einfach zu weit we may be friends but that's just going too far
    es geht \beim besten Willen nicht even with the best will in the world it's just not possible
    ich schwöre es, \bei meiner toten Mutter! I swear on my mother's grave!
    \bei meiner Ehre [up]on my honour
    \bei Gott! (veraltend) by God!
    „ich schwöre \bei Gott, die Wahrheit zu sagen und nichts als die Wahrheit“ “I swear to tell the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth, so help me God”
    19.
    ▶ nicht [ganz] \bei sich dat sein (fam) to be not [quite] oneself
    * * *
    1) (nahe) near; (dicht an, neben) by

    bei den Fahrrädern/Kindern bleiben — stay with the bicycles/children

    nicht [ganz] bei sich sein — (fig.) be not quite with it

    sich bei jemandem entschuldigen/erkundigen — apologize to somebody/ask somebody

    2) (unter) among
    3) (an) by
    4) (im Wohn-/Lebens-/Arbeitsbereich von)

    bei mir [zu Hause] — at my house

    bei uns um die Ecke/gegenüber — round the corner from us/opposite us

    wir treffen uns bei uns/Peter — we'll meet at our/Peter's place

    bei uns in Österreich — in Austria [where I/we come from/live]

    bei Schmidt — (auf Briefen) c/o Schmidt

    bei jemandem/einem Verlag arbeiten — work for somebody/a publishing house

    bei einer Hochzeit/einem Empfang — usw. at a wedding/reception etc.

    6) (im Werk von)

    bei Schiller heißt es... — Schiller says or writes that...

    7) (im Falle von) in the case of

    wie bei den Römern — as with the Romans

    hoffentlich geht es nicht wie bei mir — I hope the same thing doesn't happen as happened in my case

    bei Sonnenaufgang/-untergang — at sunrise/sunset

    9) (modal)

    bei Tag/Nacht — by day/night

    bei Tag und [bei] Nacht — day and night

    10) (im Falle des Auftretens von)

    ‘bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen’ — ‘in case of fire, break glass’

    ‘bei Regen Schleudergefahr’ — ‘slippery when wet’

    11) (angesichts) with

    bei diesem Sturm/Lärm — with this storm blowing/noise going on

    12) (trotz)

    bei all seinem Engagement/seinen Bemühungen — in spite of or despite or for all his commitment/efforts

    bei allem Verständnis, aber ich kann das nicht — much as I sympathize, I cannot do that

    bei meiner Ehre! — (veralt.) upon my honour!

    * * *
    bei präp
    1. räumlich, auch fig: (in der Nähe von) near;
    bei Berlin near Berlin;
    die Schlacht bei Waterloo the Battle of Waterloo;
    beim Rathaus (just) near ( oder by) the town hall; (am Rathaus) at the town hall;
    dicht bei der Schule just next to the school;
    gleich beim Hotel liegt die Post the post office is just ( oder right) next to the hotel;
    etwas bei der Hand haben have sth to hand;
    sein Einkommen/der Wert liegt etwa bei 5000 Euro his salary/its value is around 5000 euros; an einem bestimmten Ort: at;
    beim Metzger/Bäcker etc at the butcher’s/baker’s etc;
    hast du das bei Woolworth gekauft? did you buy that at Woolworth’s;
    Herr Müller ist gerade bei Tisch Mr Müller is just at the table;
    wir waren alle bei mir/meinen Eltern we were all at my house ( oder place)/at my parents’ (place);
    bei ihr zu Hause in her house, at her place;
    bei uns in Hessen/auf dem Land where I come from in Hessen/in the country;
    wir sind morgen bei Kollegen eingeladen we have been invited to visit colleagues tomorrow;
    er wohnt bei mir nebenan/gegenüber/um die Ecke he lives next door/opposite/on the corner where I live ( oder of my place);
    sie wohnt bei einem alten Ehepaar she lives with an old couple;
    bei (per Adresse)
    Schmidt c/o (= care of) Schmidt; am Telefon:
    hier bei Müller this is the Müllers’, Müller speaking;
    bei den Schotten heißt das anders the Scots call it something else;
    Amerika wacht gerade erst auf, bei uns ist es aber schon 13 Uhr in America they’re just waking up, but here it’s already 1 o’clock
    2. bezeichnet Arbeitsverhältnis etc: for;
    sie ist bei Langenscheidt she is with ( oder works for) Langenscheidt;
    ist bei der Post/Bahn he works for the post office/railway (US railroad);
    sie ist beim Fernsehen she works for (the) TV;
    beim Militär in the armed forces;
    bei jemandem Stunden nehmen have lessons with sb;
    bei welchem Arzt bist du? which doctor do you go to?; Br auch who’s your GP?
    jemanden beim Kragen packen grab sb by the collar;
    fassen take sb by the hand etc;
    die Gelegenheit beim Schopf fassen seize ( oder grab umg) the opportunity;
    bei Fuß! (to) heel
    4. dabei, mit: with;
    ich habe kein Geld bei mir I have no money on me;
    er hatte seinen Hund bei sich he had his dog with him;
    das ist oft so bei Kindern that’s fairly common with children; pej children are like that;
    bei mir machst du das lieber nicht you’d be advised not to try that with me, you’d better not try that with me;
    die Entscheidung liegt bei dir it’s your decision
    bei einer Aufführung mitwirken take part in a performance; bei Spielen:
    bei dieser Runde setze ich aus I’ll sit this round out
    6. von Werken, Künstlern etc: in the work of;
    bei Schiller steht in one of Schiller’s works it says, Schiller says;
    bei Tizian/den Romantikern findet man dieses Motiv you find this motif in the works of Titian/the Romantics
    7. zeitlich, Umstände, Zustände: zu einem gewissen Zeitpunkt: on, at;
    bei meiner Ankunft when I arrived, on my arrival;
    bei Sonnenaufgang/Sonnenuntergang at sunrise/sunset;
    bei schönem Wetter when the weather is fine;
    bei dieser Gelegenheit möchte ich …. I should like to take this opportunity to …;
    bei einem Unfall in an accident;
    Vorsicht bei Abfahrt des Zuges! take care when the train leaves; (während) during, at, by;
    bei Nacht at night;
    bei Tag during the daytime, by day;
    beim Unterricht during a ( oder the) lesson;
    bei einem Glas Wein over a glass of wine;
    beim Lesen der Zeitung fiel mir auf … while ( oder when) I was reading the paper it struck me …;
    bei der Arbeit einschlafen fall asleep while working;
    beim Essen/Schlafen/Schreiben etc while eating/sleeping/writing etc; (dabei, mit) with;
    hilfst du mir beim Umzug/bei der Arbeit? will you help me with my move/work;
    jemanden beim Namen nennen call sb by (his oder her) name; (im Falle von) if there is, in case of;
    bei Gefahr Knopf drücken press the button in case of danger;
    bei Regen wird das Fest verschoben if it rains the party will be postponed;
    bei Nebel if it is foggy;
    bei Glatteis Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzung auf 30 km speed limit 30 km if there is ice;
    Vorsicht bei Nässe! take care in wet conditions;
    beim nächsten Mal (the) next time;
    bei nächster Gelegenheit (the) next chance, at the first ( oder earliest) opportunity;
    bei Fieber Bettruhe halten stay in bed if you have a temperature;
    bei so etwas wird mir schlecht that sort of thing makes me feel ill;
    bei so etwas kann er nicht mitreden he has nothing to say about that sort of thing
    8. (unter) among;
    bei den alten Fotos among the old photos;
    heute war nichts für dich bei der Post there was nothing for you in the post (US mail) today;
    bei Strafe von under penalty of
    9. (betreffend):
    bei Alkohol muss ich aufpassen I have to be careful with alcohol;
    bei Geldfragen muss ich passen when it comes to (questions of) money, I have to pass;
    bei Männern hat sie Pech she’s unlucky with men
    bei deinem Gehalt! (you) with your salary!;
    bei meinem Gehalt kann ich mir das nicht leisten I can’t afford that on ( oder with) my salary;
    bei deiner Erkältung solltest du nicht rausgehen you should stay in with your cold ( oder with that cold of yours);
    bei 25 Euro pro Stunde at 25 euros an hour;
    bei so vielen Schwierigkeiten considering all the difficulties;
    bei so viel Hilfe sind wir schnell fertig with all this help we should be ready soon;
    bei der Lage der Dinge (with) matters ( oder things) the way they are;
    bei so vielen Teilnehmern können wir … with so many participants we can …;
    bei diesem Lärm/diesen Temperaturen kann man nicht schlafen with all this noise/with temperatures like this one can’t sleep
    11. (trotz):
    bei aller Liebe, das ist zu viel verlangt much as I sympathize - that’s asking too much;
    und das bei all seiner Mühe! and that in spite of all his efforts
    bei Kräften sein be in good health;
    bei guter Gesundheit sein be in good health;
    bei Besinnung sein be conscious;
    du bist wohl nicht (recht) bei Trost! you’re not in your right mind;
    er ist heute nicht bei Laune he’s not in a very good mood today;
    gut bei Kasse sein have plenty of money
    beim besten Willen with the best will in the world;
    bei Wasser und Brot with just bread and water;
    bei offenem Fenster with the window open;
    bei Kerzenlicht/Mondschein by candlelight/moonlight;
    bei Licht besehen ist es nur halb so schlimm seen in the light of day it’s not so bad;
    bei Tageslicht by daylight
    14. Maß:
    bei weitem by far
    15. Anrufung:
    schwören bei swear by;
    bei Gott! by God!;
    bei meiner Ehre! obs on my hono(u)r!;
    bei allem, was recht ist, das geht nun wirklich zu weit in all conscience, that’s going too far
    * * *
    1) (nahe) near; (dicht an, neben) by

    bei den Fahrrädern/Kindern bleiben — stay with the bicycles/children

    nicht [ganz] bei sich sein — (fig.) be not quite with it

    sich bei jemandem entschuldigen/erkundigen — apologize to somebody/ask somebody

    2) (unter) among
    3) (an) by
    4) (im Wohn-/Lebens-/Arbeitsbereich von)

    bei mir [zu Hause] — at my house

    bei uns um die Ecke/gegenüber — round the corner from us/opposite us

    wir treffen uns bei uns/Peter — we'll meet at our/Peter's place

    bei uns in Österreich — in Austria [where I/we come from/live]

    bei Schmidt — (auf Briefen) c/o Schmidt

    bei jemandem/einem Verlag arbeiten — work for somebody/a publishing house

    bei einer Hochzeit/einem Empfang — usw. at a wedding/reception etc.

    6) (im Werk von)

    bei Schiller heißt es... — Schiller says or writes that...

    7) (im Falle von) in the case of

    bei Sonnenaufgang/-untergang — at sunrise/sunset

    bei Tag/Nacht — by day/night

    bei Tag und [bei] Nacht — day and night

    ‘bei Feuer Scheibe einschlagen’ — ‘in case of fire, break glass’

    ‘bei Regen Schleudergefahr’ — ‘slippery when wet’

    11) (angesichts) with

    bei diesem Sturm/Lärm — with this storm blowing/noise going on

    bei all seinem Engagement/seinen Bemühungen — in spite of or despite or for all his commitment/efforts

    bei allem Verständnis, aber ich kann das nicht — much as I sympathize, I cannot do that

    bei meiner Ehre! — (veralt.) upon my honour!

    * * *
    (vollem) Verstand sein ausdr.
    to be in one's right mind expr.
    to be of sound mind expr. präp.
    at prep.
    by prep.
    next to prep.
    on prep.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > bei

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Wicker Man (2006 film) — The Wicker Man Theatrical release poster Directed by Neil LaBute Produced by …   Wikipedia

  • The Wicker Man Trilogy — is a series of three horror films (two of which are upcoming) by British author and director Robin Hardy. Hardy announced plans for the trilogy in a 2007 interview with The Guardian newspaper, [ [http://www.guardian.co.uk/books/2007/may/30/hayfest… …   Wikipedia

  • The Invisible Man (2000 TV series) — The Invisible Man Format Action, Sci fi Created by Matt Greenberg Developed by Carlton Prickett Breck Eisner Starring Vincent Ventresca Paul Ben V …   Wikipedia

  • The Honest Man's Fortune — [The title of this play resembles the subtitle of Cyril Tourneur s The Atheist s Tragedy, or The Honest Man s Revenge. ] is a Jacobean era stage play, a tragicomedy written by Nathan Field, John Fletcher, and Philip Massinger. It was apparently… …   Wikipedia

  • The Old Man in the Corner —   Cover of the 1909 1st edition …   Wikipedia

  • The Mythical Man-Month —   …   Wikipedia

  • Upon the Dull Earth — is a science fiction short story by Philip K. Dick. First published in November 1954 in Beyond Fantasy Fiction.PlotBy offering up the blood of a lamb, Silvia, the protagonist of Upon the Dull Earth , is able to summon creatures she identifies as… …   Wikipedia

  • The Plastic Man Comedy/Adventure Show — was a Saturday morning cartoon produced by Ruby Spears Productions from 1979 to 1981; it was shown right after Super Friends on the ABC Network. It featured various adventures of the DC Comics superhero Plastic Man. This show featured many… …   Wikipedia

  • The Ginger Man — is a 1955 novel by J. P. Donleavy.First published in Paris, the novel is set in Ireland just after World War II. Upon its publication, it was banned in the Republic of Ireland and the United States of America for obscenity. Plot introductionIt… …   Wikipedia

  • The Old Man and the Sea — For other uses, see The Old Man and the Sea (disambiguation). The Old Man and the Sea   …   Wikipedia

  • The Elephant Man (play) — Infobox Play name = The Elephant Man image size = caption = writer = Bernard Pomerance characters = John Merrick Frederick Treves Mrs. Kendal Carr Gomm Orderly Pinhead Cellist setting = Late 19th century; London, England premiere = 19 April1979… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»